Download Eas-eac_uk_072015

page
1
page
2
page
3
page
4
page
5
page
6
page
7
page
8
page
9
page
10
page
11
page
12
page
13
page
14
page
15
page
16
page
17
page
18
page
19
page
20
page
21
page
22
page
23
page
24
page
25
page
26
page
27
page
28
page
29
page
30
page
31
page
32
page
33
page
34
page
35
page
36
page
37
page
38
page
39
page
40
page
41
page
42
page
43
page
44
page
45
page
46
page
47
page
48
page
49
page
50
page
51
page
52
page
53
page
54
page
55
page
56
page
57
page
58
page
59
page
60
page
61
page
62
page
63
page
64
page
65
page
66
page
67
page
68
page
69
page
70
page
71
page
72
page
73
page
74
page
75
page
76
page
77
page
78
page
79
page
80
page
81
page
82
page
83
page
84
page
85
page
86
page
87
page
88
page
89
page
90
page
91
page
92
page
93
page
94
page
95
page
96
page
97
page
98
page
99
page
100
page
101
page
102
page
103
page
104
page
105
page
106
page
107
page
108
page
109
page
110
page
111
page
112
page
113
page
114
page
115
page
116
page
117
page
118
page
119
page
120
page
121
page
122
page
123
page
124
page
125
page
126
page
127
page
128
Transcript 
AR Series Equipped
Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series
Motorized Cylinders EAC Series
Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type
New Standards for
Motorized Linear Slides a n d
Motorized Cylinders
Oriental Motor presents a variety of lineups for linear motion,
broadening the range of designs and performance.
AR Series Equipped
Standard Type
Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series
Built-In Controller Type
Side-Mounted Type
Same price
Pulse Input Type
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type
X Table
Y Table
Side-Mounted Type (Right-sided/ Left-sided)
X Table
Y Table
Standard Type
Side-Mounted Type
✽Photo shows the Right-sided Type.
●Stroke: 50 to 850 mm ●Maximum speed: 800 mm/s
●Maximum transportable mass: 60 kg (horizontal), 30 kg (vertical) ●Repetitive positioning accuracy: ±0.02 mm
All the linear slides and cylinders are equipped
with a standard motor and driver package.
Closed Loop Stepper Motor and Driver Package
AR Series
■
Standard
With Electromagnetic
Brake
■
Adopting Oriental Motor's unique Closed Loop Control
With the ease of use of the Stepper motor retained, this package made continuous drive possible and improved the responsiveness and
dependability.
AR Series Equipped
Standard Type
Motorized Cylinders EAC Series
Built-In Controller Type
AC Power-Supply Input
Side-Mounted Type
Same price
Pulse Input Type
DC Power-Supply Input
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type
Standard
With Shaft Guide
With Shaft Guide Cover
Side-Mounted Type
Standard
Standard Type
Side-Mounted Type
●Stroke: 50 to 300mm ●Maximum speed: 600 mm/s
●Maximum transportable mass: 60 kg (horizontal), 30 kg (vertical) ●Repetitive positioning accuracy: ±0.02 mm
2
With Shaft Guide
With Shaft Guide Cover
INDEX
■
X Table
Features ……………… Pages 2 to 13
When horizontally mounted, it
lessens the intrusion of foreign
objects.
Drive Table
■
Amazing design.
Easy operation.
Less maintenance.
Easy purchase.
Y Table
When attached to the wall, it
lessens the intrusion of foreign
objects.
Drive Table
Lineup ……………… Pages 14 to 15
What is FLEX?
Specifications……… Pages 16 to 17
FLEX is the collective term for products compatible with I/O control, Modbus (RTU)
control, and Industrial network control via network converters.
These products enable simple connection and simple control, shortening the total
lead time for system configuration.
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series ………… Pages 18 to 39
■
Standard
To be compatible with the device of the
customer, an external guide is required.
■
Equipped with shaft guide
The movable parts of the cylinder body
are protected, thereby improving the
safety of the device.
It also helps prevent the spattering
of grease on the shaft guide and also
prevent the intrusion of foreign matter
into linear bushing.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series ………… Pages 40 to 73
Common Driver …… Pages 74 to 91
■
Equipped with shaft guide
The customer is not required to design
or arrange for the parts, therefore
reducing the time required to start up
the equipment.
Accessories ……… Pages 92 to 102
Selection Calculation
…………………… Pages 103 to 122
Technical Reference
…………………… Pages 123 to 127
3
Amazing
Design
Multi movement ability, performance
regardless of operating conditions!
Supporting a wide range of speeds and loads: From low to high speed and from low to high load, these high-performance motorized linear slides
and motorized cylinders have become easier to use.
High-speed drive even with different weight.
High-speed drive is possible from light loads to heavy loads even during
inching operation.
(Product used)
<What Oriental Motor Can Provide>
Product name: EAS6
Lead: 6 mm
Power-Supply Input: 200 VAC
The positioning time, drive speed, and acceleration can be
easily retrieved from the graph in this brochure.
500
mm
<Operation example>
Transportable Mass: 15 kg
Positioning Distance: 500 mm
Drive Direction: Vertical
the model when the operating conditions change to no load or
inching.
High-speed drive with heavy load
High-speed drive with light load
High-speed drive during inching operation
Capable of a high-speed drive when transporting
a heavy load vertically.
Capable of a higher-speed drive when load
lessens during the return.
Capable of a higher-speed drive even during an
inching operation for short distances.
Transportable Mass: 15 kg
Positioning Distance: 500 mm
Positioning Time: 1.77 s
Operating speed: 320 mm/s
Acceleration: 1.5 m/s2 (0.15 G)
Transportable Mass: 0 kg
Positioning Distance: 500 mm
Positioning Time: 1.4 s
Operating speed: 400 mm/s
Acceleration: 2 m/s2 (0.2 G)
Transportable Mass: 15 kg
Positioning Distance: 20 mm
Positioning Time: 0.14 s
Operating speed: 200 mm/s
Acceleration: 4.7 m/s2 (0.5 G)
Positioning time
Positioning time
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.77 s
1.0
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
When the load is
removed: 1.4 s.
1.0
0.5
0.5
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
800
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
400
300
320 mm/s
100
200
1.0
0.5
0
300
400
500
600
500
400
300
200
700
0
800
Acceleration
14
12
1.5 m/s2
(0.15 G)
8
6
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
300
200
0
800
200
300
400
500
600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
10
When the load is
removed: 2 m/s2(0.2 G)
8
6
2
100
For inching operation (20 mm)
200 mm/s
0
100
200
0
300
400
500
600
700
800
Positioning Distance [mm]
12
2
800
Acceleration
14
4
700
20
16
4
600
400
100
18
Acceleration [m/s2]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Acceleration
16
400
500
20
18
300
600
Positioning Distance [mm]
20
10
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
When the load is
removed: 400 mm/s.
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
100
Operating Speed
100
100
1.5
800
Operating Speed [mm/s]
500
0
2.0
700
600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [mm/s]
500
700
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
600
Acceleration [m/s2]
400
2.5
Operating Speed
700
0
300
3.0
Positioning Distance [mm]
Operating Speed
200
For inching operation (20 mm)
0.14 s
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
3.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
18
16
Acceleration [m/s2]
Positioning Time [s]
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
3.5
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
0
Positioning time
4.0
4.0
Positioning Time [s]
4.0
4
From the graph, the movement can be estimated by selecting
15 kg
For inching operation (20 mm)
4.7 m/s2(0.5 G)
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
Continued to next page
Quick responsiveness
Low-speed stability
Using the high responsiveness of the closed loop stepper motor, short distance
positioning is performed in a short time.
Closed loop stepper motors operate synchronously with pulse commands and
generate high torque with a compact body, and offer excellent acceleration
performance and response.
Closed loop stepper motor microstep drive method and smooth drive function ✽
The resolution is improved without mechanical factors such as the reduction
gear mechanism. This results in minimal variation in speed, and the speed is
continuously kept constant.
✽ Smooth drive function
is a control method using the microstep drive to automatically keep the distance travelled and the
travel speed the same as with the full step, without changing the pulse input setting.
Pulse Command
<Operation example>
Mass: 0.5 kg
Operating Current: 100%
Resolution: 0.01 mm/step
Operating Speed: 1.25 mm/s
(Product used)
Product Name: EAS4
Lead: 12 mm
Power-Supply Input: 200 VAC
Motor Movement Waveform
Positioning Completion Signal
Low-speed operation:
1.25 mm/s
(Product used)
<Operation example>
Product name: EAS4
Lead: 12 mm
Power-Supply Input: 200 VAC
Horizontal Transportable Mass: No load
Inching Drive: 60 mm (Outbound 3 times)
180 mm (Inbound once)
0.5 kg
Operating speed: 800 mm/s
Acceleration: 20 m/s2 (2 G)
60 mm
Outbound
60 mm
60 mm
Actual speed of motorized linear slide table for the operation command (1.25 mm/s)
15
180 mm
Inbound
14
13
At low speed: Minimal fluctuation
for the actual linear slide table
speed even at 1.25 mm/s
12
11
10
Actual movement of the motorized linear slide table for the operation command
9
Speed [mm/s]
180
mm
Speed (scale: 1000 mm/s)
60 60 60
mm mm mm
Operation
Commands
Actual
Movement
Positioning time
(theoretical value) to
drive 60 mm: Tracks
the actual drive without
delay at 114 ms.
Start Signal
Positioning
Completion Signal
Time (scale: 200 ms)
This contributes to a reduction
in equipment tact time.
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Time [s]
Minimal speed fluctuation
can be attained even at low
speed, and vibration can be
reduced.
5
Amazing
Design
Compact while Powerful, Applicable
to a Wide Variety of Applications!
Compact, Highly Accurate and Highly Rigid Linear Slides
Table
Ball Screw
Ball Screw Nut
A motorized linear slide that uses ball
screws and adopts a THK-made LM
guide.✽ The highly accurate LM Guide
Side Cover
Guide Block
is installed directly to the enclosure
Guide Rail
base of your equipment making it
ideal for applications that require
parallelism. (Traveling parallelism of 0.03 mm)
Besides being compact, it is highly rigid and has achieved a large portable
mass.
Motor Installation Direction
Standard Type
Side-Mounted Type
Motor side-mounted models are lined up in fully motorized
linear slides/motorized cylinders. These models contribute in Same price
reducing the total length and saving space.
The Standard Type and the Side-Mounted Type are priced the same.
Equipped with EAS4 electromagnetic brake Stroke 200 mm
■
Standard Type
457 mm
✽ "LM Guide" is a registered trademark of THK.
For EAS6
Motor
■
EAS6 Type Transportable Mass
●Horizontal Maximum Transportable Mass: 60 kg
●Vertical Maximum Transportable Mass: 30 kg
■
Horizontal Installation
■
Even if the overhung length is 1 m,
the permissible pressing force is up to 110 N.
Vertical Installation
■
Overhung
length 1 m
Overhung
length 0.24 m
Acceleration
3 m/s2
MR
Side-Mounted Type
343 mm
Even if the overhung length is 0.24 m,
a load of 10 kg is transportable.
Pressing
Force
110N
Motor
More than
100 mm✽
shorter
✽ For Electromagnetic Brake
MP
Load 10 kg
Static Permissible Moment
Dynamic Permissible Moment
Permissible load moment on the linear
guide while stopped
Permissible load moment on the linear
guide while in operation
The pressing force and the load are calculated from the static permissible moment 110.0 N·m, and
the dynamic permissible moment 31.8 N·m of the EAS6. (The weight of the plate is not considered.)
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
Cable Drawing Direction
Changeable to 4 directions (3 directions for the Side-Mounted Type)
The direction of drawing the motor cable can be changed easily.
The cable comes out from the side of the motor, therefore space is saved while
no space is required at the back of the motor.
M P: 31.8 MY: 10.3 M R: 40.6
MP: 86.0 MY: 34.0 MR: 110.0
90˚
Compact/High-Thrust Cylinder
Aluminum is used for the rod, making the motorized cylinder compact, lightweight,
and high-thrust. The unique structure suppresses vibration to achieve improved
acceleration characteristics and high-speed positioning operation.
Coupling
Ball Screw Nut
Ball Screw
Bushing
Rod
Motor
6
Case
Application Examples
A device using the 3 axes, with the motorized linear slide EAS series on the X-Y axes and motorized cylinder EAC series on the Z-axis.
Z
Y-Axis Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series
Z-Axis Motorized Cylinders EAC Series
Side-Mounted Type
Equipped with Side-Mounted Type Shaft Guide
Space saving due to the side-mounted motor.
Space saving due to the side-mounted motor,
reduced effort for installation by being equipped with a
shaft guide.
Y
X
Mounting Brackets ✽
Support Guide ✽
✽ Prepare the support guide and mounting brackets.
X-Axis Motorized Linear Slides EAS Series
Standard Type
7
Easy
Operation
EAS, EAC series are equipped with
Easier connection for easier
handling!
AR series motor and driver package.
As it has the same control method as the AR series, the same drive and maintenance methods can be applied during startup.
The positioning function equipped type
can be connected to a network or multiple axes.
Energy Saving
AR Series Equipped
■
Product Variation with a Unified Control Method
Power Consumption
800
Power Consumption [kWh/Year]
Product lines equipped with the the AR Series all have a unified controllability.
Power Consumption: 66% less than a conventional model.
■
600
500
Power Consumption
66% Reduction
400
200
100
Conventional stepping motor
AR Series
✽ Operating Condition
Speed: 1000 r/min, Load Factor: 50%
Operating Time: 24 hours of operation (70%
operating, 25% stand by,
5% standstill), 365 days/
year
300
0
Closed Loop Stepper
Motor and Driver Package
CO2 exhaust amount
66% reduction ✽ compared to the
conventional model (company's
comparison)
700
AR66AC-◇
Hollow
Rotary Actuators
DG
Reduced Generation of Heat,
Continuous Operation Possible
Series
Same operating method!
The ARL Series utilizes high-efficiency technology to achieve a significant
reduction in the amount of heat generated from the motor, enabling
continuous operation.
■
Temperature Distribution by
Thermography
■
Motor Surface Temperature during
Same Operation Conditions
120
Motorized Cylinders
EAS Series
EAC Series
AR66AC-◇
Conventional
Stepper
Motor
Temperature [°C]
100
Motorized Linear Slide
80
60
40
Conventional stepper motor
20
AR66AC-◇
Comparison under the same conditions.
0
■
0
20
40
60
80
100
Time [min]
120
140
160
180
Data setting software and data setting device are the same.
The data setting software and the data setting device can be used commonly
with the AR series.
Alarm Signal Output
in Case of Abnormality
If an overload is applied continuously, an alarm signal is output. When the
positioning is complete, an END signal is output. This ensures the same level
of reliability achieved by a servo motor.
Tuning-Free
sett
etting
ing so
ssoftware
ftw
tware MEXE02
MEXE02
Data setting
The data setting software can be downloaded from the website.
AR series motor and driver package operates synchronously with
the open loop control, as far as abnormality such as overload does not occur.
The open loop control does not require gain adjustment. Therefore, if the
load fluctuates, the movement setting is achieved without adjusting.
The distance between the motor and
the driver can be extended up to 30 m
Control Module OPX-2A (Sold separately)
8
This series uses a dedicated cable or accessory cable (sold separately) that
can extend the wiring distance between the motor and driver up to 30 m.
The dedicated cable length is selectable from 1 m, 2 m and 3 m.
Also, extension cables and flexible extension cables are available as
accessories (sold separately).
Continued to next page.
Easy Operation by Use of the Data Setting Software
By using the data setting software, data settings, actual operation, and checks by the various monitor functions are also easily performed on the computer.
■
Data Setting Software MEXE02
Various monitor functions
The data setting software can be downloaded from the website.
●I/O
Motorized Linear Slide
Motorized Cylinders
EAS Series
EAC Series
● Operating
Monitoring
The condition of the I/O
being wired with the
driver can be checked on
the computer. Use it to
check the I/O condition
after wiring and during
operation.
Data/
Parameter Setting
The operating data and parameters
can be easily set on the computer.
The settting data can be saved,
therefore the same settings can be
forwarded and used in case the
driver is replaced.
●Teaching/Remote
●Waveform
Monitoring
Similar to using an
oscilloscope, the motor drive
condition (designated speed,
motor load efficiency, etc.)
can be checked. Use it
during the startup of the
device and when adjusting.
Operation
The motor can be driven by
operating the data setting software.
During teaching, test run, etc.
●Alarm
Monitor
When a failure occurs, the
description and handling
measures for the failure can
be checked.
● Compatible with multi monitoring, it can be operated by remote control while being monitored, and perform teaching.
2 Driver Types Selectable Depending on System Configuration
You can select from 2 driver types for the EAS and EAC Series, depending on your host system.
■
Built-In Controller Type
●When Controlling
●When Controlling
through I/O
CPU
Power
Supply
Positioning
Unit Not
I/O Required
from Computer or
Touchscreen
●When Controlling through ●When Controlling through
Serial Communication
CPU
Power
Supply
Serial
Communication Unit
Industrial Network
Power
Supply
CPU
Industrial Network
Unit
Network
Converter
I/O Signal
Modbus (RTU)
Modbus (RTU)
RS-485
Set the operating data in the driver so that it can be selected and executed from the host system.
Host system connection and control is performed through
① I/O, ② Modbus (RTU)/RS-485 or ③ Industrial network.
●
●
■
is a registered trademark of CC-Link Partner Association,
is a registered trademark of MECHATROLINK Members Association.
is a registered trademark under licence from Beckhoff Automation GmbH of Germany.
CPU
I/O
● When multiple axes are used,
the load on the host master
is reduced, and the cost is
lowered.
● It unifies the slaves, and
supports various networks.
● It also supports group sending
function between slaves.
■CC-Link-Compatible: Up to 12
Pulse Input Type
Power
Supply
The network converter (sold
separately) can be used to support
CC-Link, MECHATROLINK, and
EtherCAT communications.
Operating data and parameters
can be set and operation
commands can be input using
various communication methods.
Because it flexibly supports the
network and the time of design is
reduced.
axes
■ MECHATROLINK-, EtherCAT-
Positioning
Package
Pulse Input
Operates by inputting pulses into the driver.
Control the motor using your positioning unit
(pulse generator).
Compatible: Up to 16 axes
9
Easy
Operation
Driver Features
Built-In Controller Type
As the information required for operation of the motorized
linear slides and motorized cylinders is kept in the driver, the
load to the host PLC is reduced. The system configuration to
use a multi-axis control has been simplified.
The setting is performed using the data setting software,
data setting device (sold separately) or by RS-485
communication.
Basic Setting
Operating Data Setting: Parameter Change
(Factory Setting)
Data Setting
Driver
Motorized Linear Slide
Test Operation
Alarm History
Data setting software (MEXE02)
or
Operation Types
Parameter Changing
or
For the built-in controller type, the operating speed
and traveling amount of the motorized linear slide
and motorized cylinder are set with operating data,
and operation is performed according to the selected
operating data.
Motorized Cylinders
Monitoring
Control Module
(OPX-2A)
Driver
Data Copy
● Settings using RS-485 communication are also available.
● The data setting software can be downloaded from the website.
Item
Description
I/O Control
Control Method
Position Command Input
Speed Command Input
Common
Acceleration/Deceleration
Command Input
Acceleration/Deceleration
Processing
ReturnTo-Home
Operation
Network converter connection
Modbus RTU protocol connection
Setting with operating data number Command range for each point: −8388608∼8388607 [step] (Setting Unit: 1 [step])
Setting with operating data number Command Range: 0∼1000000 [Hz] (Setting Unit: 1 [Hz])
RS-485 Communication
Return-to-Home Modes
Set with the operating data number or parameter.
You can select acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz] or acceleration/deceleration time [sec].
Command Range: 0.001∼1000.000 [ms/kHz] (Setting Unit: 0.001 [ms/kHz])
0.001∼1000.000 [s] (Setting Unit: 0.001 [s])
Velocity filter, movement average filter
A return-to-home operation that uses a limit sensor (+LS, −LS).
A return-to-home operation that uses a limit sensor and HOME sensor.
A return-to-home operation by pressing the table against the mechanical end.
A function to define the home position by P-PRESET input at an arbitrary position
You can set the home position to the desired value.
2-Sensor Mode
3-Sensor Mode
Pushing Mode
Position Preset
Number of Positioning
Points
Operating Modes
Operation Functions
Positioning
Operation
64 points (No. 0∼63)
Incremental mode (Relative positioning)
Absolute mode (Absolute positioning)
Independent Operation
A PTP (Point to Point) positioning operation.
Linked Operation
A multistep speed-change positioning operation that is linked with operating data.
Linked Operation 2
A positioning operation with a timer that is linked with operating data.
The timer (dwell time) can be set from 0∼50.000 [s]. (Setting Unit: 0.001 [s])
Push-Motion Operation
Perform positioning operation through continuously pressure to the load.
Operating speed is at a maximum of 25 [mm/s].
Operating Data Selection Method
Direct Method (Direct positioning)
Start Methods
Number of Speed Points
Speed Change Method
JOG Operation
Automatic Return
Operation
Continuous
Operation
Other
Operations
Absolute Backup
Starts the positioning operation when START is input after selecting M0∼M5.
Starts the positioning operation with the operating data number set according to the
parameters when MS0∼MS5 is input.
Starts the positioning operation.
Starts the positioning operation in sequence from operating data No. 0 each time SSTART is
input.
Sequential Method (Sequential
positioning)
64 points (No. 0∼63)
Change the operating data number.
Execute regular feed by inputting +JOG or −JOG.
If the moving part is moved by an external force while in a non-excitation state, it automatically returns to the position where it
originally stopped.
You can build an absolute system by using a battery (accessory).
Positioning Operation
● Independent Operation
● Linked Operation
Speed
Speed
Operating Data
No.0
Starting
Command
● Linked Operation 2
Speed
Operating Data Operating Data
No.0
No.1
Operating Data
No.1
Time
Starting
Command
Selection Method
Operating Data No. 0
Time
Time
Operating Data
No.1
Starting
Command
(Start Methods)
● Operating Data
Speed
Operating Data
No.0
Starting
Command
10
● Push-Motion Operation
Dwell
Time
Time
● Direct Positioning
● Sequential Positioning
Continued to next page.
Return-To-Home Operation
■Teaching Function
Continuous Operation
Teaching can be performed by using the data setting
● 2-Sensor Mode
−LS
+ Direction
Motor Operation
− Direction
+LS
—VR
—VS
+ Side
software MEXE02✽ or the data setting device
OPX-2A (sold separately). Move the table or rod to
the target position, and store the position data at this
M0∼M5 Input
—VS
—VR
− Side
Time
time as the positioning data.
FWD Input
✽ The data setting software can be downloaded from the
RVS Input
−LS
Other Operations
+ Side
+LS
—VR
—VS
− Side
—VS
—VR
HOMES
● Pushing Mode
− Side
Mechanical End
+ Side
+ Side
Mechanical End
—VR
—VS
− Side
website. For details, please contact the nearest Oriental Motor
sales office.
● 3-Sensor Mode
● JOG Operation (Test operation)
● Automatic Return Operation
● Equipped with a sequence for return-to-home operation
that reduces the burden of the host master and the
hassle of creating a ladder.
—VS
—VR
● Position Preset
Main Functions
Function
Description
The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed
reduction mechanism. A desired setting can be made between 100∼10000[P/R].
Motor Resolution Setting
Function ✽1
Determining the minimim movement of the motorized linear slide/motorized cylinder
to respond to the change in resolution:
Lead [mm]
Minimum movement [mm] =
1000×(Electronic gear B / Electronic gear A)
0 axis Start the positioning operation
Operation Commands
(RS-485 communication)
Actuator Operation for
Operation
Group Send Function
(RS-485 communication or
via a network converter)
You can configure a group of multiple axes connected using RS-485 communication,
and send commands by group.
You can also perform simultaneous start and operation for multiple axes.
Hardware
Overtravel
This function stops the motorized linear slide/motorized cylinder when the mechanical limit is exceeded.
Software
Overtravel
This function stops the motorized linear slide/motorized cylinder when exceeding the limit set by the software.
When setting the upper and lower limits of the movement range using the parameters, set the parameters to "Activate". When the software limit is
exceeded, the motor can be stopped.
STOP Input
(External stop)
This function forcibly stops operation when there is an abnormality or other issue. You can select instantaneous stop,
deceleration stop, or all windings off (holding force of motorized linear slide/ motorized cylinder is off)
At 0
as the stopping method.
Actuator Operation for
Operation
You can output alarm codes that are occurring.
Alarm History
Even if the power is turned off, up to 10 alarms that have occurred can be stored.
This can be used for troubleshooting.
Velocity Filter
Used to make the movement smooth when stopping at startup, and to reduce vibration when
switching to a constant speed after acceleration.
Even for sudden operation command changes,
this function controls the speed changes of the motorized linear slide/motorized cylinder to
prevent them from becoming too large.
Teaching Function ✽1
You can perform teaching. Move the load to the target position, and store the position data at this time as the positioning data.
I/O Monitoring ✽1
You can check the ON/OFF status of the I/O signals.
Waveform Monitoring ✽2
You can check the operating speed and I/O signals as a waveform.
Speed
Alarm Code Output
At 200
Time
Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter
●The data setting software MEXE02 can be downloaded from the website.
For details, please contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office or the Customer Service Center.
✽1 Setting is performed using the data setting software (MEXE02) or the separately sold data setting device (OPX-2A) or by various communications.
✽2 Setting is performed using the data setting software (MEXE02).
11
Easy
Operation
Driver Features
Pulse Input Type
The data setting software and the data setting
device (sold separately) can be used to perform
operations according to your needs, such as
changing the parameters, displaying the alarm
history, and performing various types of monitoring.
Basic Setting
Extended Settings
(Factory Setting)
Motorized Linear Slide
Test Operation
Driver
Alarm History
Parameter Changing
Data setting software (MEXE02)
Monitoring
Control Module
(OPX-2A)
Data Copy
or
Motorized Cylinders
Driver
● The data setting software can be downloaded from the website.
Main Additional Functions with Extended Settings
Item
Selection of Pulse Input Mode
Resolution Setting
Overview
Extended
Settings
1-pulse input mode or 2-pulse input (negative logic) mode can be selected.
●
●
In addition to the normal settings, the phase difference input can also be set.
● 1-pulse input mode (positive logic/negative logic)
● 2-pulse input mode (positive logic/negative logic)
● Phase difference input (1-multiplication/2-multiplication/4-multiplication)
−
●
The resolution can be selected with a function switch (D0, D1, CS0, CS1).
●
●
The value of the electronic gear corresponding
to each function switch (D0, D1, CS0, CS1) can be changed.
−
●
The running current setting can be changed with the current setting switch (CURRENT).
●
●
You can change the value corresponding to each of 0∼F (16 levels) for the current setting switch (CURRENT).
−
●
Standstill Current Ratio Setting
The ratio of the standstill current relative to the running current can be set.
−
●
Coordinate Designation for the Direction of
Travel
The travel coordinates for the moving parts can be set.
−
●
Running Current Setting
The input signal for the excitation of the motor.
●
●
The logic of the C-ON input during power supply input can be set.
−
●
Return to Excitation Position Operation during All
Windings On
Enable/Disable
Set whether or not to return to the excitation position (deviation 0 position) during all windings on.
−
●
Alarm Code Signal Enable/Disable
Set to output the code when an alarm occurs.
−
●
●
All Windings On Signal (C-ON input)
END Output Signal Range Setting
The END output signal range can be changed.
−
END Output Signal Offset
The END output signal value can be offset.
−
●
A/B Phase Output
This can be used to confirm the position of the moving part.
●
●
Timing Output Signal
This is output each time the motor rotates 7.2˚.
●
●
Applies a filter to the operation command to control the motor action.
●
●
You can change the value corresponding to each of 0∼F (16 levels) for the setting switch.
−
●
Velocity Filter Setting
This can be set to suppress resonant vibration during rotation.
−
●
This can be set to suppress vibration during acceleration, and deceleration, and when stopped.
−
●
Adjusts the position and speed loop gain.
−
●
Adjusts the speed integration time constant.
−
●
Vibration Suppression Function for Normal Mode
Gain Adjustment for Current Control Mode ✽
Selection of Motor Excitation Position at Power On
Sets the damping control vibration frequency.
−
●
Sets whether to enable or disable damping control.
−
●
The motor excitation position for when the power is on can be selected.
−
●
Select whether to use symbols or an absolute value display for the speed display of the control module.
−
●
The geared motor gear ratio for the speed monitor can be set.
−
●
Control Module Setting
✽ Except when you want to further reduce heat generation or noise, using normal mode is recommended.
12
Basic
Setting
Less
Maintenance
Required
Easy To
Purchase
Maintenance
has been simplified!
One Package Code!
Short Delivery Time!
With Oriental Motor's unique belt tension adjustment mechanism,
The complicated ordering and checking of inventory becomes
maintenance parts are commonalized with the AR Series, and
simplified, and the products are delivered in a short time.
maintenance performance is improved.
Simple Belt Replacement (Side-Mounted Type)
The belt is easily replaced using Oriental Motor's unique belt tension
adjustment mechanism.
Tension
adjustment
screws
Tension adjustment
springs
Multiple components. One package code.
The linear slide/cylinder, motor, driver and cables are included as a set
with 1 package code, therefore the number of items to be ordered is
reduced.
Delivered in a Short Time
With Oriental Motor, the product can be delivered to you in a short time.
Check product price and lead time by using Oriental Motor online Quotation
Now!
✽ For more details, please visit Oriental Motor Website.
Reasonable Prices
Tension adjustment
screws
Tension adjustment
springs
No matter if straight, left or right side mounted motor type,
it has the same price.
When the screw is loosened, the belt tension is adjusted to the appropriate tension using the force from the spring.
The above figure shows the side-mounted mechanism in the EAS Series, but it is also similar with the
EAC Series.
Similar Maintenance Parts
The motors and drivers for the EAS and EAC Series adopt the standard AR
Series.
The maintenace parts are the same therefore managing the parts inventory is
simplified.
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
For EAS Series
For EAC Series
es
Pricg from
es
Pricg from
tin
star
€
725
tin
star
€
594
Motorized Cylinders
Common
EAC Series
Closed Loop
Stepper Motor and Driver Package
AR Series
13
Lineup
Series Name
Type
EAS Series
Standard Type
Product
Width × Height
Mass
EAS4
58.4×60 mm
1.8∼4.0 kg
EAS6
75.4×83 mm
4.0∼8.7 kg
EAS Series
Side-Mounted Type
EAS4R
EAS4L
58.4×60 mm
1.8∼4.0 kg
EAS6R
EAS6L
75.4×83 mm
4.0∼8.7 kg
Power Supply Input
[V]
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
Lead
[mm]
Stroke
[mm]
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
12
50∼700
800
6
50∼700
400
12
50∼700
600
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
6
50∼700
300
12
50∼850
800
6
50∼850
400
12
50∼850
600
6
50∼850
300
12
50∼700
800
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
6
50∼700
400
12
50∼700
600
6
50∼700
300
12
50∼850
800
6
50∼850
400
12
50∼850
600
6
50∼850
300
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
✽1 Pulse String Input Type uses Single-Phase 100-115 VAC ✽2 Pulse String Input Type uses Single-Phase 200-230 VAC ✽3 Pulse String Input Type only
Series Name
Type
EAC Series
Standard Type
Standard
Product
Width × Height
Mass
EAC4
42×42 mm
1.1∼2.1 kg
EAC6
60×60 mm
2.6∼4.8 kg
EAC Series
Standard Type
EAC4W
42×114 mm
1.8∼3.5 kg
Shaft Guide
With Cover
EAC6W
With Shaft Guide
EAC Series
Side-Mounted Type
Standard
60×156 mm
4.1∼7.5 kg
EAC4R
42×42 mm
1.1∼2.1 kg
EAC6R
60×60 mm
2.6∼4.8 kg
Power Supply Input
[V]
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
Lead
[mm]
Stroke
[mm]
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
12
50∼300
600
6
50∼300
300
DC24/48
EAC Series
Side-Mounted Type
EAC4RW
42×114 mm
1.8∼3.5 kg
Shaft Guide
With Cover
EAC6RW
With Shaft Guide
14
60×156 mm
4.1∼7.5 kg
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
Single-Phase 100-120 ✽1
Single-Phase 200-240 ✽2
Three-Phase 200-230 ✽3
DC24/48
✽1 Pulse String Input Type uses Single-Phase 100-115 VAC ✽2 Pulse String Input Type uses Single-Phase 200-230 VAC ✽3 Pulse String Input Type only
Upper value: Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Lower value: Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
MP
MY
MR
Maximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Direction
[kg]
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
∼15
16.3
58.3
31.8
86.0
4.8
16.0
15.0
53.3
10.3
34.0
40.6
110.0
∼30
∼15
31.8
86.0
Thrust
[N]
4.8
16.0
15.0
53.3
10.3
34.0
40.6
110.0
Pushing Force
[N]
∼14
∼7
∼14
∼30
∼15
∼60
∼30
∼30
∼15
∼15
∼12.5
∼7
∼30
∼12.5
∼30
∼15
∼60
∼30
∼30
∼15
∼60
∼30
∼70
100
∼15
200
∼30
∼70
100
∼15
Maximum Transportable Mass in Vertical Direction
[kg]
10 20 30 40 50 60
∼14
∼7
∼140
200
∼30
∼14
400
∼30
∼15
∼400
500
∼60
∼30
∼200
400
∼30
∼15
∼400
500
∼60
∼30
∼70
100
∼15
200
∼30
∼70
100
∼15
±0.02
±0.02
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy
[mm]
∼7
∼200
∼140
±0.02
∼30
∼15
∼140
±0.02
∼7
∼30
Maximum Transportable Mass in Horizontal Direction
[kg]
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy
[mm]
∼7
∼30
∼60
16.3
58.3
Maximum Transportable Mass in Vertical Direction
[kg]
10 20 30 40 50 60
±0.02
±0.02
∼6
∼13
∼6
∼140
200
∼30
∼13
∼200
400
∼30
∼13
∼400
500
∼60
∼28
∼200
400
∼30
∼13
∼400
500
∼60
∼70
100
∼15
∼125
200
∼30
∼12.5
∼70
100
∼15
∼7
∼125
200
∼30
~12.5
±0.02
±0.02
∼28
∼7
∼200
400
∼30
∼15
∼360
500
∼60
∼30
∼200
400
∼30
∼15
∼360
500
∼60
∼30
∼70
100
∼15
∼125
200
∼30
∼11.5
∼70
100
∼15
∼6
∼125
200
∼30
∼11.5
∼200
400
∼30
∼13
∼360
500
∼60
∼28
∼200
400
∼30
∼13
∼360
500
∼60
∼28
±0.02
±0.02
∼6
±0.02
±0.02
15
How to Read Specifications Table
Using the specifications of the motorized linear slide as example, the method of reading the specifications table is described below.
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
①
②
Drive System
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Product Name
EAS4□-D□□□-ARAK ■- ◇
EAS4□-D□□□-ARMK ■- ◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARAK ■- ◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARMK ■- ◇
③
⑤
Ball Screw
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
±0.02
④ Traveling Parallelism [mm]
0.03
⑧
⑨ Thrust
Lead
⑦ [mm]
12
6
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼14
[N]
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
⑥ Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
Pushing Force Holding Force
⑩ [N]
⑪ [N]
⑫ Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
50∼550mm
600mm
650mm
700mm
∼70
100
70
600
550
460
400
∼140
200
140
300
270
220
200
① Drive System
Mechanism used to convert motor rotation to linear motion.
⑦ Lead
Distance the table (rod) moves linearly in one motor rotation.
② Repetitive Positioning Accuracy
A value indicating the amount of error that is generated when positioning is
performed repeatedly to the same position in the same direction.
⑧ Transportable Mass
●Horizontal Direction
Mass that can be moved under operating performance in the horizontal
direction of the motorized linear slide (motorized cylinder).
●Vertical Direction
Mass that can be moved under operating performance in the vertical
direction of the motorized linear slide (motorized cylinder).
Note
●The repetitive positioning accuracy is measured at a constant temperature under a
constant load.
③ Resolution
This is the number of pulses for 1 rotation of the motor.
A desired setting can be made between 100∼10000 [P/R] for the motor
resolution.
For the resolution setting, refer to the following "Resolution Setting
Example" and the AR Series User's Manual. Please contact the nearest
Oriental Motor sales office regarding the User's Manual, or download from
the Oriental Motor website.
④ Traveling Parallelism ✽1
Runout widths in the vertical and lateral directions between the installing
surface of the motorized linear slide and the top surface of the table.
⑤ Dynamic Permissible Moment ✽2
The load moment acts on the linear guide if the load position is offset from
the center of the table (rod).
The direction of action applies to three directions (pitching (M P), yawing
(M Y ), and rolling (M R)) depending on the position of the offset.
The dynamic permissible moment is the moment allowed during operation.
⑥ Static Permissible Moment✽2
The load moment acts on the linear guide if the load position is offset from
the center of the table (rod).
The direction of action applies to three directions (pitching (M P), yawing
(M Y ), and rolling (M R)) depending on the position of the offset.
The static permissible moment is the moment allowed during static
conditions.
Note
●Note that if a EAS4 or EAC4 product with 12 mm lead presses upward a transportable
mass of 4 kg or more and returns to home position, the home position may vary.
⑨ Thrust
Force from the table (rod) that pushes the load when speed is constant.
⑩ Pushing Force
The pressure applied to the load during the pushing operation.
Note
●Use it with the pushing operation speed at 25 mm/s or less, and within the dynamic
permissible moment (with shaft guide for motorized cylinders).
The pulse string input type has a pushing operation function, but no return-to-home pushing
function.
⑪ Holding Force
Holding force when the motor is stopped or when the electromagnetic brake
is operating, while power is supplied.
⑫Maximum Speed by Stroke
Maximum speed allowed when transporting the maximum transportable
mass. The length of stroke restricts the upper limit of speed.
Note
●If DC power is supplied, the maximum speed may decrease depending on the ambient
temperature and motor cable length.
✽1 The specifications are for motorized linear slides only.
✽2 The motorized cylinders have specifications only for those with shaft guide and those with shaft guide cover.
16
MP:16.3 MY:4.8 MR:15.0
MP:58.3 MY:16.0 MR:53.3
●6 mm Lead
Setting Item
Setting Examples
12
1200 (0.01)
5
6
Initial Value
12
1000 (0.012)
1
1
●12 mm Lead
Setting Item
Lead [mm]
Resolution (Minimum travel [mm])
Electronic Gear A✽
Electronic Gear
Electronic Gear B
✽ Pulse string input type is A1.
●
are parameters to be changed.
Minimum Travel [mm]=
Lead [mm]
1000×(Electronic gear B/Electronic gear A ✽) [P/R]
●For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear, refer to the AR Series User's
Manual.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Initial Value
6
1000 (0.006)
1
1
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Lead [mm]
Resolution (Minimum travel [mm])
Electronic Gear A✽
Electronic Gear
Electronic Gear B
◇Conversion Formula
Setting Examples
6
600 (0.01)
5
3
Specifications
■Resolution Setting Example (Minimum travel)
Common Driver
Accessories
Selection Calculation
Technical Reference
17
AR Series Equipped
Motorized Linear Slide
EAS Series
Side-Mounted Type
Standard Type
■Product Number Code
EAS 4 R X - D 025 - AR M K D - 3
①
② ③ ④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧ ⑨ ⑩
①
Series Name
EAS: EAS Series
②
Motorized Linear Slide Model
4: Width 58.4 mm Height 60 mm
6: Width 75.4 mm Height 83 mm
Motor Installing Direction
L: Left side mounted
R: Right side mounted
No symbol: Straight
④
Table
X: X Table
Y: Y Table
⑤
Lead
D: 12 mm
E: 6 mm
⑥
⑦
Stroke
Motor
005∼085: 50∼850 mm (50 mm increments)
AR: AR Series
⑧
Motor Shaft Configuration
A: Single Shaft
M: With Electromagnetic Brake
Power Supply Input
A: Single-Phase 100-120 VAC (For pulse string input type,
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC)
C: Single-Phase 200-240 VAC (For pulse string input type,
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC)
S: Three-Phase 200-230 VAC (Pulse input only)
K: 24 VDC/48 VDC ✽1
Driver
D: Built-In Controller Type
Blank: Pulse Input Type
Connection Cables ✽2
Number: Length of Included Cable
1: 1 m 2: 2 m 3: 3 m
None: Connection cable not included
③
⑨
⑩
⑪
✽1 For the specifications and characteristics of 48 VDC, contact the Customer Service Center.
✽2 Connection cables with a length of 2.5 m or more are available as accessories (sold separately).
Accessories ➜ Page 93
18
⑪
Specifications
■Product Line
●AC Power-Supply Input
◇EAS4 Standard Type
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6□-□005-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□005-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6□-□045-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARM ■D- ◇
Technical Reference
◇EAS6 Standard Type
Selection Calculation
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARM ■- ◇
Accessories
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARM ■D- ◇
Common Driver
◇EAS4 Side-Mounted Type
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4□-□005-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□005-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARM ■- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARA ■- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARM ■- ◇
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4□-□005-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□005-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARM ■D- ◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6□-□005-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□005-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARM ■- ◇
●A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC) or S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input packages only) indicating power supply input is entered where the box
■ is located within the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
19
◇EAS6 Side-Mounted Type
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARM ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARA ■D- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARM ■D- ◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARM ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARA ■- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARM ■- ◇
●A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC) or S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input packages only) indicating power supply input is entered where the box
■ is located within the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●DC Power-Supply Input
◇EAS4 Standard Type
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4□-□005-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□005-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARMKD- ◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4□-□005-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□005-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□010-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□015-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□020-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□025-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□030-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□035-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□040-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□045-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□050-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□055-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□060-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□065-ARMK- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARAK- ◇
EAS4□-□070-ARMK- ◇
◇EAS4 Side-Mounted Type
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARMKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARAKD- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARMKD- ◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□005-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□010-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□015-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□020-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□025-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□030-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□035-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□040-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□045-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□050-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□055-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□060-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□065-ARMK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARAK- ◇
EAS4R(L)□-□070-ARMK- ◇
●A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
20
◇EAS6 Standard Type
Selection Calculation
Technical Reference
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARMK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARAK- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARMK- ◇
Accessories
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□005-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□010-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□015-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□020-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□025-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□030-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□035-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□040-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□045-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□050-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□055-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□060-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□065-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□070-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□075-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□080-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6R(L)□-□085-ARMKD- ◇
Common Driver
Stroke
(mm)
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
◇EAS6 Side-Mounted Type
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6□-□005-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□005-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARMK- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARAK- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARMK- ◇
Specifications
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAS6□-□005-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□005-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□010-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□015-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□020-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□025-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□030-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□035-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□040-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□045-ARAKD-◇
EAS6□-□045-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□050-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□055-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□060-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□065-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□070-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□075-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□080-ARMKD- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARAKD- ◇
EAS6□-□085-ARMKD- ◇
Stroke
(mm)
●A symbol indicating the table and lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
A number indicating the length of desired connection cable, if included. 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name.
■General Specifications
●Motor (AR Series) Specifications
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
Heat-resistant Class
130 (B)
Insulation Resistance
The measured value is 100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the following locations:
· Between the case and motor/sensor windings
· Between the case and electromagnetic brake windings
No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute:
· Between the case and motor sensor windings 1.5 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
· Case - Electromagnetic Brake Windings
1.5 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Dielectric Strength
Operating
Environment (In
operation)
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Atmosphere
Degree of Protection ✽2
No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute:
· Between the case and motor sensor windings 1.0 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
· Case - Electromagnetic Brake Windings
1.0 kVAC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
0∼+50˚C (non-freezing)✽1
85% or less (non-condensing)
Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust. The product should not be exposed to water, oil or other liquids.
IP65 (Excluding motor connector)
IP20
✽1 0∼+40˚C for the motorized linear slide.
✽2 Motor only.
Note
●Do not perform the insulation resistance test and the insulation pressure resistance test if the motorized cylinder (motor) and driver are connected.
●Electromagnetic Brake Specification (DC Power-Supply Input)
Item
Electromagnetic Brake✽1
Power Supply Input
EAS4
24 VDC ±5%✽2, 0.08 A or more
EAS6
24 VDC ±5%✽2, 0.25 A or more
✽1 For the pulse input type, a separate power supply for the electromagnetic brake is also required.
✽2 If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
21
■System Configuration
●Built-In Controller, With Electromagnetic Brake
✽1 Not supplied
An example of a configuration using I/O control or RS-485 communication is shown below.
✽2 To be provided by the customer as necessary.
Accessories (Sold separately)
Cables used for EMC directive evaluation
When extending the distance between the motorized actuator
and the driver without using an included connection cable
When extending the distance between the motorized
actuator and the driver using an included connection cable
or
(For electromagnetic brake)
(For electromagnetic brake)
Connection Cable Sets
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Extension Cable Sets
Flexible Extension Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Accessories (Sold separately)✽2
Control Module
( ➜ Page 92)
or
Data Setting Software
Data Setting Software
Communication Cable
( ➜ Page 92)
MEXE02
( ➜ Page 92)
To USB
Port
24 VDC Power Supply
for Control✽1
Computer✽1
EAS Series
Driver
Motorized Linear Slide
For Electromagnetic Brake
(For RS-485 communication)
For Motor
Host System✽1
Sensor✽2
Products are available with a 1 m, 2 m or 3 m
cable (for motor and electromagnetic brake)
and also without a cable.
Main Power Supply
Accessories (Sold separately)
Battery Set
( ➜ Page 98)
Peripheral Products (Sold separately)
Sensor Sets
( ➜ Page 99)
RS-485
Communication Cables
( ➜ Page 98)
Network Converters
( ➜ Page 102)
●The EAS Series employs the AR Series, therefore it shares the User's Manual of the AR Series. The User's Manual is not included with the product. Contact the nearest Oriental Motor
sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website. http://www.orientalmotor.eu
●System Configuration Example
Sold Separately
EAS Series
Sensor Set
EAS4X-E050-ARMCD-1
PAES-S-4X
●The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are available.
22
An example of a single-axis system configuration with the SCX11 controller is shown below.
✽1 Not supplied.
✽2 To be provided by the customer as necessary.
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Accessories (Sold separately)
Cables used for EMC directive evaluation
When extending the distance between the motorized actuator
and the driver without using the dedicated connection cable
When extending the distance between the motorized
actuator and the driver using the dedicated connection cable
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
or
(For electromagnetic brake)
(For electromagnetic brake)
Connection Cable Sets
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Extension Cable Sets
Flexible Extension Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Common Driver
Accessories (Sold separately)✽2
Control Module
( ➜ Page 92)
Data Setting Software
Data Setting Software
Communication Cable
( ➜ Page 92)
or
MEXE02
( ➜ Page 92)
Accessories
To USB
Port
Computer✽1
Controller (Sold separately)
Motorized Linear Slide
Immediate Motion Creator for
CM/SCX Series Software
Driver
Selection Calculation
For Electromagnetic Brake
24 VDC Power Supply✽1
EAS Series
Specifications
●Pulse String Input Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Technical Reference
For Electromagnetic Brake
For Motor
Controller
( ➜ Page 102)
Computer✽1
24 VDC Power
Supply✽1
Products are available with a 1 m, 2 m or 3 m
cable (for motor and electromagnetic brake)
and also without a cable.
Main Power Supply
Accessories (Sold separately)
or
Sensor Sets
( ➜ Page 99)
General-Purpose Cables
( ➜ Page 97)
Connector - Terminal Block
Conversion Units
( ➜ Page 97)
●The EAS Series employs the AR Series, therefore it shares the User's Manual of the AR Series. The User's Manual is not included with the product. Contact the nearest Oriental Motor
sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website. http://www.orientalmotor.eu
●System Configuration Example
Sold Separately
EAS Series
Controller
Sensor Set
EAS4X-E050-ARMC-1
SCX11
PAES-S-4X
Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Unit (1 m)
CC36T10E
●The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are available.
23
EAS4: Width 58.4 mm × Height 60 mm Standard Type AC Power-Supply Input
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 14 kg
Stroke: 50 to 700 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
EAS4□-D□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS4□-D□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
0.03
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼14
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
Thrust
[N]
MP:16.3 MY:4.8 MR:15.0
MP:58.3 MY:16.0 MR:53.3
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
∼70
100
70
800
650
550
460
∼140
200
140
400
320
270
220
700 mm
400
200
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to page 106 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.8
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
50∼500
550
600
650
700
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
Positioning Time Coefficient
3.0
1.2
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg 0 kg 3.5 kg 7 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.2
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.3
700
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
Positioning Time Coefficient
3.0
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
2.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
50∼500
550
600
650
700
1.5
1.0
0.5
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 7 kg 14 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.4
1.2
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.7
1.4
2.0
1.9
1.9
2.0
1.9
1.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Transportable Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 30, 32
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
35
16
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
12
25
20
15
10
24
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
14
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
30
10
8
6
4
5
2
0
0
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 12.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 700 mm (50 mm increments)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
12
6
Thrust
[N]
MP:16.3 MY:4.8 MR:15.0
MP:58.3 MY:16.0 MR:53.3
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
∼70
100
70
800
650
550
460
∼125
200
125
400
320
270
220
700 mm
400
200
Common Driver
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
EAS4□□-D□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS4□□-D□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAS4□□-E□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS4□□-E□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
0.03
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼12.5
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
Specifications
EAS4: Width 58.4 mm × Height 60 mm Side-Mounted Type AC Power-Supply Input
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
2.5
0.6
0.4
2.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
50∼500
550
600
650
700
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg 0 kg 3.5 kg 7 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.2
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.3
700
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0
Positioning Time Coefficient
3.0
1.2
Selection Calculation
●12 mm Lead
Accessories
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to pages 106 and 107 for operating speed and acceleration.
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
Positioning Time Coefficient
3.0
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
2.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
50∼500
550
600
650
700
1.5
1.0
0.5
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 6.3 kg 12.5 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.4
1.2
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.7
1.5
2.0
1.9
1.9
2.0
1.9
1.6
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Transportable Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 31, 33
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
35
16
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
14
12
25
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
30
20
15
10
10
8
6
4
5
2
0
0
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
25
EAS4: Width 58.4 mm × Height 60 mm Standard Type 24 VDC Input
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 14 kg
Stroke: 50 to 700 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
Product Name
EAS4□-D□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS4□-D□□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS4□-E□□□-ARMK ■-◇
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼14
Lead
[mm]
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
0.03
Thrust
[N]
MP:16.3 MY:4.8 MR:15.0
MP:58.3 MY:16.0 MR:53.3
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
∼70
100
70
600
550
460
400
∼140
200
140
300
270
220
200
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to pages 107 and 108 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
4.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
Positioning Time Coefficient
5.0
2.0
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
50∼550
600
650
700
3.0
2.0
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg 0 kg 3.5 kg 7 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.5
1.5
1.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
50∼550
600
650
700
6.0
4.0
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 7 kg 14 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.0
1.0
2.0
0.5
0
0
Positioning Time Coefficient
10.0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Transportable Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 30, 32
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
35
16
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
12
25
20
15
10
26
10
8
6
4
5
0
0
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
14
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
30
2
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 12.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 700 mm (50 mm increments)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
EAS4□□-D□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS4□□-D□□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAS4□□-E□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS4□□-E□□□-ARMK ■-◇
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼12.5
Lead
[mm]
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
0.03
Thrust
[N]
MP:16.3 MY:4.8 MR:15.0
MP:58.3 MY:16.0 MR:53.3
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm
∼70
100
70
600
550
460
400
∼125
200
125
300
270
220
200
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to pages 107 and 108 for operating speed and acceleration.
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.4
4.0
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
50∼550
600
650
700
3.0
2.0
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg 0 kg 3.5 kg 7 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
Positioning Time Coefficient
5.0
2.0
Selection Calculation
●12 mm Lead
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Common Driver
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Product Name
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
Specifications
EAS4: Width 58.4 mm × Height 60 mm Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input
700
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.5
1.5
1.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
50∼550
600
650
700
6.0
4.0
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 6.3 kg 12.5 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.0
1.0
2.0
0.5
0
0
Positioning Time Coefficient
10.0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Transportable Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 31, 33
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
35
16
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
12
25
20
15
10
10
8
6
4
5
0
0
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
14
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
30
2
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
27
Type
EAS6: Width 75.4 mm × Height 83 mm Standard
Side-Mounted Type AC Power-Supply Input
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 850mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
EAS6□□-D□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS6□□-D□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAS6□□-E□□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAS6□□-E□□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
12
6
0.03
Thrust
[N]
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
MP:31.8 MY:10.3 MR:40.6
MP:86.0 MY:34.0 MR:110.0
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 700 mm 750 mm 800 mm 850 mm
∼200
∼400
(∼360)
400
200
500
400
(360)
800
400
350
640
550
470
420
360
300
260
230
200
180
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
The parentheses ( ) indicate specifications for the Side-Mounted Type.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to page 109 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
3.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time[s]
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.6
3.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance[mm]
700
0
0
800
50∼600
650
700
750
800
850
2.0
0.2
100
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
2.5
0.4
0
0
Positioning Time Coefficient
4.0
1.6
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.1
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.5
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.6
1.3
1.1
1.9
1.7
1.6
1.9
1.5
1.2
800
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
3.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time[s]
2.0
Positioning Time Coefficient
4.0
1.5
1.0
3.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance[mm]
700
0
0
800
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
50∼550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 30 kg 60 kg 0 kg 15 kg 30 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.6
1.3
1.1
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.5
1.3
2.1
2.0
2.0
2.1
1.7
1.4
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Transportable Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 34∼37
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
70
35
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
50
40
30
20
28
25
20
15
10
10
0
0
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
30
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
60
5
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
800
900
Standard Type
Side-Mounted Type
24 VDC Input
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 850 mm (50 mm increments)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
■Motorized Linear Slide Specifications
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy[mm]
Resolution[P/R]
±0.02
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
Lead
[mm]
EAS6□□-D□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS6□□-D□□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAS6□□-E□□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAS6□□-E□□□-ARMK ■-◇
0.03
12
6
Thrust
[N]
∼200
∼400
(∼360)
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
MP:31.8 MY:10.3 MR:40.6
MP:86.0 MY:34.0 MR:110.0
Maximum Speed [mm/s] by Stroke
Pushing Force Holding Force
[N]
[N]
50∼650 mm 700 mm
750 mm
800 mm
850 mm
400
200
600
550
470
420
360
500
400
(360)
300
260
230
200
180
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
7.0
1.5
1.0
6.0
Stroke
[mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
50∼650
700
750
800
850
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
0
0
800
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 15 kg 30 kg 0 kg 7.5 kg 15 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.0
1.0
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
Positioning Time Coefficient
9.0
2.5
Selection Calculation
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
A reference value for the positioning time can be calculated by multiplying the positioning time calculated from the graph with the positioning time coefficient for the
applicable stroke.
Refer to page 110 for operating speed and acceleration.
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
Common Driver
●A symbol or number indicating the table and stroke in the motor installation direction is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
The parentheses ( ) indicate specifications for the Side-Mounted Type.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Product Name
100∼10000
Traveling Parallelism [mm]
Specifications
EAS6: Width 75.4 mm × Height 83 mm
800
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
8.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
7.0
6.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
50∼650
700
750
800
850
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
0.5
0
0
Stroke
[mm]
9.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
Positioning Time Coefficient
10.0
4.0
Load Mass
Horizontal Direction Installation Vertical Direction Installation
0 kg 30 kg 60 kg 0 kg 15 kg 30 kg
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.0
1.0
1.6
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
0
0
800
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time. Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Load Mass
■Dimensions
●During Horizontal Installation
●Motorized Linear Slides
➜ Pages 34∼37
●During Vertical Installation
(Acceleration of 3 m/s2)
(Acceleration of 2 m/s2)
70
35
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
50
40
30
20
25
20
15
10
10
0
0
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
30
Load Mass [kg]
Load Mass [kg]
60
5
100
200
300
400
Operating Speed [mm/s]
500
600
0
0
100
200
300
400
Operating Speed [mm/s]
500
600
29
■Dimensions
(Unit mm)
●Motorized Linear Slides
◇EAS4 Standard Type X Table
50
+0.012
0
×4
42
13
12
28.5
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
DC Input
)×4 Deep
34.5
400
400
Electromagnetic
Brake Cable ϕ6
✽For
45
6.7
Deep
6.7
Input
8
56
64
✽For AC
8
4
4×M4×8 Deep
43025-1000 (Molex)
Connector Cover
43025-0200 (Molex)
17.6
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
Stroke+257.8±3✽3
Stroke+228.2±3✽3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2 3
Home✽4
40.3 21
97.6 ✽3
65
17 6
68 ✽3
Protective Earth Terminal M4
3
5
For Electromagnetic Brake
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
15
4×M2.5×5 Deep (Same on opposite side)
31
A
0.5
20.5
7
13.5
57
60
42
✽1
4.5
2.5
1
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
100±0.02
3.2
5.7
11.5
(n+3)×M5×6 Deep
12.2
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
(100)
4.5
50
33.2
1.2
Detail of "A"
n×100
Stroke+135.4
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
For DC power-supply input, total length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM4XD□□□ARAK, EASM4XD□□□ARAC, EASM4XE□□□ARAK, EASM4XE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM4XD□□□ARMK, EASM4XD□□□ARMC, EASM4XE□□□ARMK, EASM4XE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
005
50
010
100
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
065
650
070
700
Single Shaft
1.9
(1.8)
2.0
(1.9)
2.2
(2.1)
2.3
(2.2)
2.5
(2.4)
2.6
(2.5)
2.8
(2.7)
3.0
(2.9)
3.1
(3.0)
3.3
(3.2)
3.5
(3.4)
3.6
(3.5)
3.8
(3.7)
3.9
(3.8)
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.9
4.0
Stroke
Mass [kg]
● The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
30
◇EAS4 Side-Mounted Type (Left side mounted) X Table
Specifications
16
18.5
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
Motor Cable ϕ8
Connector Cover
17.6
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
Connector Cover
43025-1000 (Molex)
400
400
Protective Earth Terminal M4 28.5
13
12
Input
8
Deep
DC Input
) ×4 Deep
4×M4×8 Deep
50
Position✽2
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Stroke+143 ±3
Home✽4
65
17 6
3
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
3
5
23.1 21
Common Driver
Mechanical Limit
8
56
64
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
6.7
45
✽For
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
+0.012
0
×4
4
6.7
42
✽For AC
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
31
7
20.5
0.5
4×M2.5×5 Deep (Same on opposite side)
114.8
12.2
(100)
1
33.2
1.2
5.7
3.2
Deep
2.5
Selection Calculation
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5
100±0.02
11.5
15
4.5
Stroke+135.4
n×100
50
4.5
Accessories
13.5
57
60
42
✽1
A
(n+3)×M5×6 Deep
Detail of "A"
For Electromagnetic Brake
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
✽4 When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
●The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted. For the type right side mounted, the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is
centered.
Technical Reference
68 ✽3
97.6 ✽3
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM4LXD□□□ARAK, EASM4LXD□□□ARAC, EASM4LXE□□□ARAK, EASM4LXE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM4LXD□□□ARMK, EASM4LXD□□□ARMC, EASM4LXE□□□ARMK, EASM4LXE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
005
50
010
100
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
065
650
070
700
Single Shaft
1.9
(1.8)
2.0
(1.9)
2.2
(2.1)
2.3
(2.2)
2.5
(2.4)
2.6
(2.5)
2.8
(2.7)
3.0
(2.9)
3.1
(3.0)
3.3
(3.2)
3.5
(3.4)
3.6
(3.5)
3.8
(3.7)
3.9
(3.8)
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.9
4.0
Stroke
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
31
◇EAS4 Standard Type Y Table
+0.012
×4
0
4
Deep
6
30
36
6.7
50
4×M4×8 Deep
Input
42
28.5
DC Input
9
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
9
)×4 Deep
34.5
400
17
6.7
6
13
12
400
Electromagnetic
Brake Cable ϕ6
✽For
45
✽For AC
43025-1000 (Molex)
Connector Cover
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
17.6
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
Stroke+257.8±3✽3
Stroke+228.2±3✽3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2 3
97.6✽3
40.3 21
68✽3
Protective Earth Terminal M4
For Electromagnetic Brake
Home✽4
65
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
3
31
A
0.5
20.5
7
13.5
57
60
42
✽1
15
4.5
2.5
1
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
100±0.02
3.2
5.7
11.5
(n+3)×M5×6 Deep
12.2
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
(100)
4.5
50
33.2
1.2
Detail of "A"
n×100
Stroke+135.4
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
For DC power-supply input, total length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM4YD□□□ARAK, EASM4YD□□□ARAC, EASM4YE□□□ARAK, EASM4YE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM4YD□□□ARMK, EASM4YD□□□ARMC, EASM4YE□□□ARMK, EASM4YE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
005
50
010
100
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
065
650
070
700
Single Shaft
1.9
(1.8)
2.0
(1.9)
2.2
(2.1)
2.3
(2.2)
2.5
(2.4)
2.6
(2.5)
2.8
(2.7)
3.0
(2.9)
3.1
(3.0)
3.3
(3.2)
3.5
(3.4)
3.6
(3.5)
3.8
(3.7)
3.9
(3.8)
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.9
4.0
Stroke
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
32
◇EAS4 Side-Mounted Type (Left side mounted) Y Table
Specifications
16
18.5
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
Motor Cableϕ8
Connector Cover
17.6
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
Connector Cover
43025-1000 (Molex)
400
400
Protective Earth Terminal M4 28.5
13
12
Input
6
Deep
DC Input
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
)×4 Deep
6.7
6
30
36
45
✽For
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
+0.012
0
×4
4
6.7
42
✽For AC
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
4×M4×8 Deep
9 17 9
50
Common Driver
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Stroke+143 ±3
Home✽4
65
3
23.1 21
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
3
31
7
20.5
0.5
114.8
12.2
(100)
1
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
100±0.02
33.2
2.5
1.2
Selection Calculation
5.7
3.2
11.5
15
4.5
Stroke+135.4
n×100
50
4.5
Accessories
13.5
57
60
42
✽1
A
(n+3)×M5×6 Deep
Detail of "A"
For Electromagnetic Brake
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
✽4 When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
●The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted. For the type right side mounted, the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is
centered.
Technical Reference
68✽3
97.6✽3
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM4LYD□□□ARAK, EASM4LYD□□□ARAC, EASM4LYE□□□ARAK, EASM4LYE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM4LYD□□□ARMK, EASM4LYD□□□ARMC, EASM4LYE□□□ARMK, EASM4LYE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
005
50
010
100
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
065
650
070
700
Single Shaft
1.9
(1.8)
2.0
(1.9)
2.2
(2.1)
2.3
(2.2)
2.5
(2.4)
2.6
(2.5)
2.8
(2.7)
3.0
(2.9)
3.1
(3.0)
3.3
(3.2)
3.5
(3.4)
3.6
(3.5)
3.8
(3.7)
3.9
(3.8)
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.9
4.0
Stroke
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
33
◇EAS6 Standard Type X Table
60
+0.012
0
×4
4
Deep
6.7
Input
DC Input
11
28.5
6.7
13
12
✽For
62
60
✽For AC
11
76
87
4×M5×10 Deep
+0.012
0
400
400
ϕ4 H7 (
)×4 Deep
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
43025-1000 (Molex)
Connector Cover
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
17.6
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
Stroke+300±3✽3
Stroke+265±3✽3
Position✽2
Mechanical Limit
47.1
64.5✽3
Protective Earth Terminal M4
99.5✽3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
27.5
22
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
80
6
6
4
For Electromagnetic Brake
6
Home✽4
80
83
23
4×M2.5×5 Deep (Same for opposite side)
31
A
0.5
32
18.5
18.5
60
✽1
4.5
2.5
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
100±0.02
1
3.2
5.7
21
(n+3)×M6×9 Deep
12.3
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
(100)
11.5
50
33.7
Detail of "A"
1.2
n×100
Stroke+176
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
For DC power-supply input, the total length decreases by 0.5 mm.
When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM6XD□□□ARAK, EASM6XD□□□ARAC, EASM6XE□□□ARAK, EASM6XE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM6XD□□□ARMK, EASM6XD□□□ARMC, EASM6XE□□□ARMK, EASM6XE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Single Shaft
005
50
3.9
010
100
4.2
015
150
4.5
020
200
4.8
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
4.2
(4.1)
4.5
(4.4)
4.8
(4.7)
5.1
(5.0)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
5.4
(5.3)
5.6
(5.5)
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
750∼800
850
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
34
5.9
(5.8)
6.2
(6.1)
6.5
(6.4)
6.8
(6.7)
7.0
(6.9)
7.3
(7.2)
7.6
(7.5)
7.9
(7.8)
075
750
7.9
080
800
8.1
085
850
8.4
8.2
(8.1)
8.4
(8.3)
8.7
(8.6)
◇EAS6 Side-Mounted Type (Left side mounted) X Table
Input
DC Input
43025-0200 (Molex)
43025-1000 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
16
Motor Cable ϕ8
Connector Cover
17.6
✽For
18.5
Specifications
✽For AC
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
400
34.5
Connector Cover
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
400
Protective Earth Terminal M4 28.5
6.7
11
6.7
62
Deep
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
+0.012
0
×4
4
11
76
87
60
13
12
)×4 Deep
Common Driver
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
4×M5×10 Deep
60
Stroke+182.1±3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
6
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
6
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
4
28.7 27.5
Home✽4
80
22 6
4×M2.5×5 Deep (Same for opposite side)
(100)
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5
4.5
1
33.7
Deep
2.5
1.2
5.7
3.2
100±0.02
23
Selection Calculation
50
11.5
21
12.3
Stroke+176
n×100
0.5
154
32
18.5
31
80
83
18.5
Accessories
60
✽1
A
Technical Reference
(n+3)×M6×9 Deep
Detail of "A"
For Electromagnetic Brake
64.5✽3
99.5✽3
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, the total length decreases by 0.5 mm.
✽4 When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
●The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted. For the type right side mounted, the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is
centered.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM6LXD□□□ARAK, EASM6LXD□□□ARAC, EASM6LXE□□□ARAK, EASM6LXE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM6LXD□□□ARMK, EASM6LXD□□□ARMC, EASM6LXE□□□ARMK, EASM6LXE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Single Shaft
005
50
3.9
010
100
4.2
015
150
4.5
020
200
4.8
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
4.2
(4.1)
4.5
(4.4)
4.8
(4.7)
5.1
(5.0)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
5.4
(5.3)
5.6
(5.5)
5.9
(5.8)
6.2
(6.1)
6.5
(6.4)
6.8
(6.7)
7.0
(6.9)
7.3
(7.2)
7.6
(7.5)
7.9
(7.8)
075
750
7.9
080
800
8.1
085
850
8.4
8.2
(8.1)
8.4
(8.3)
8.7
(8.6)
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
750∼800
850
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
35
◇EAS6 Standard Type Y Table
+0.012
0
×4
4
Deep
9
40
49
6.7
60
4×M5×10 Deep
Input
DC Input
9
28.5
6.7
13
12
✽For
62
60
✽For AC
13 22 13
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
)×4 Deep
400
400
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
43025-1000 (Molex)
Connector Cover
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
17.6
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
Stroke+300±3✽3
Stroke+265±3✽3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2 6
27.5
47.1
64.5✽3
Protective Earth Terminal M4
99.5✽3
For Electromagnetic Brake
Home✽4
80
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
6
0.5
32
18.5
18.5
A
31
80
83
60
✽1
23
4.5
2.5
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
100±0.02
1
3.2
5.7
21
(n+3)×M6×9 Deep
12.3
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
(100)
11.5
50
33.7
1.2
Detail of "A"
n×100
Stroke+176
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
For DC power-supply input, the total length decreases by 0.5 mm.
When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM6YD□□□ARAK, EASM6YD□□□ARAC, EASM6YE□□□ARAK, EASM6YE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM6YD□□□ARMK, EASM6YD□□□ARMC, EASM6YE□□□ARMK, EASM6YE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Single Shaft
005
50
3.9
010
100
4.2
015
150
4.5
020
200
4.8
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
4.2
(4.1)
4.5
(4.4)
4.8
(4.7)
5.1
(5.0)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
5.4
(5.3)
5.6
(5.5)
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
750∼800
850
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
36
5.9
(5.8)
6.2
(6.1)
6.5
(6.4)
6.8
(6.7)
7.0
(6.9)
7.3
(7.2)
7.6
(7.5)
7.9
(7.8)
075
750
7.9
080
800
8.1
085
850
8.4
8.2
(8.1)
8.4
(8.3)
8.7
(8.6)
◇EAS6 Side-Mounted Type (Left side mounted) Y Table
Input
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
16
Motor Cable ϕ8
Connector Cover
17.6
✽For
18.5
Specifications
✽For AC
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
DC Input
43025-0200 (Molex)
43025-1000 (Molex)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
400
34.5
Connector Cover
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
400
Protective Earth Terminal M4 28.5
6.7
6.7
62
9
40
49
Deep
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
+0.012
0
×4
4
9
60
13
12
13 22 13
60
)×4 Deep
4×M5×10 Deep
Common Driver
+0.012
0
ϕ4 H7 (
Stroke+182.1±3
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
6
28.7 27.5
Mechanical Limit Position✽2
6
Stroke+3 (Positionining Allowable Range)
Home✽4
80
31
Stroke+176
n×100
(100)
+0.06
2×ϕ6+0.04×5 Deep
33.7
4.5
1.2
1
2.5
5.7
3.2
100±0.02
23
Selection Calculation
50
11.5
21
12.3
32
154
0.5
18.5
18.5
Accessories
80
83
60
✽1
A
(n+3)×M6×9 Deep
Technical Reference
For Electromagnetic Brake
Detail of "A"
64.5✽3
99.5✽3
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the table moves to the position limit of the mechanism.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, the total length decreases by 0.5 mm.
✽4 When using an accessory sensor, the home position differs.
●The above figure is an outline drawing of the motor installation direction for the type left side mounted. For the type right side mounted, the motor is located on the opposite side if the linear slide is
centered.
Motorized Linear Slides Product Name:EASM6LYD□□□ARAK, EASM6LYD□□□ARAC, EASM6LYE□□□ARAK, EASM6LYE□□□ARAC (Single-shaft)
EASM6LYD□□□ARMK, EASM6LYD□□□ARMC, EASM6LYE□□□ARMK, EASM6LYE□□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Single Shaft
005
50
3.9
010
100
4.2
015
150
4.5
020
200
4.8
Electromagnetic
Brake Type
4.2
(4.1)
4.5
(4.4)
4.8
(4.7)
5.1
(5.0)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Number Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Linear Slide Product Name
025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
5.4
(5.3)
5.6
(5.5)
5.9
(5.8)
6.2
(6.1)
6.5
(6.4)
6.8
(6.7)
7.0
(6.9)
7.3
(7.2)
7.6
(7.5)
7.9
(7.8)
075
750
7.9
080
800
8.1
085
850
8.4
8.2
(8.1)
8.4
(8.3)
8.7
(8.6)
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass at DC power-supply input.
Hole Coefficient (n)
Stroke
[mm]
n
50∼100
150∼200
250∼300
350∼400
450∼500
550∼600
650∼700
750∼800
850
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
37
●Cables for Motor (Included), Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Included)
◇AC Power Supply Input, Common to All Types
●Cables for Motor
Motor Side
Length L (m)
1
2
3
Driver Side
75
5559-10P-210
(Molex)
5557-10R-210
(Molex)
Connector Cover
22.2
37.5
30
24.3
Cable Type
Cable for Motor 1 m
Cable for Motor 2 m
Cable for Motor 3 m
12
20.6
ϕ8
23.9
11.6
14.5
19.6
L
●Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Electromagnetic brake type only)
Cable Type
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 2 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m
Motor Side
Length L (m)
1
2
3
Driver Side
76
5559-02P-210
(Molex)
Stick Terminal: AI0.5-8WH
(Phoenix Contact)
13.5
11.8
21.5
ϕ4.1
19
24
Connector Cover
80±10
L
◇DC Power Supply Input, Common to All Types
●Cables for Motor
Motor Side
Driver Side
43020-1000 (Molex)
43025-1000 (Molex)
ϕ8
7.9
16.9
14
8.3
10.9
L
Length L (m)
1
2
3
8.8
●Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Electromagnetic brake type only)
Cable Type
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 2 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m
Motor Side
43020-0200
10.3
(Molex)
Driver Side
ϕ4.1
80±10
16.9
L
38
15.9
Length L (m)
1
2
3
22.3
16.5
Cable Type
Cable for Motor 1 m
Cable for Motor 2 m
Cable for Motor 3 m
Specifications
■Motorized Linear Slide and Driver Combinations
The product names for motorized linear slide and driver combinations are shown below.
●Built-In Controller Type
●Pulse Input Type
◇Standard Type
EASM4XE□□□ARA ■
EASM4XD□□□ARA ■
EASM4YE□□□ARA ■
EASM4YD□□□ARA ■
EASM6XE□□□ARA ■
EASM6XD□□□ARA ■
EASM6YE□□□ARA ■
EASM6YD□□□ARA ■
EASM4XE□□□ARM ■
EASM4XD□□□ARM ■
EASM4YE□□□ARM ■
EASM4YD□□□ARM ■
EASM6XE□□□ARM ■
EASM6XD□□□ARM ■
EASM6YE□□□ARM ■
EASM6YD□□□ARM ■
ARD-■D
Product Name
Motorized Linear Slide
Product Name
Driver
Product
Name
EAS4RX-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4RX-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4RY-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4RY-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4LX-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4LX-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4LY-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4LY-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6RX-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6RX-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6RY-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6RY-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6LX-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6LX-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6LY-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6LY-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4RX-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4RX-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4RY-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4RY-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4LX-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4LX-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4LY-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4LY-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6RX-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6RX-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6RY-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6RY-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6LX-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6LX-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6LY-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6LY-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EASM4RXE□□□ARA ■
EASM4RXD□□□ARA ■
EASM4RYE□□□ARA ■
EASM4RYD□□□ARA ■
EASM4LXE□□□ARA ■
EASM4LXD□□□ARA ■
EASM4LYE□□□ARA ■
EASM4LYD□□□ARA ■
EASM6RXE□□□ARA ■
EASM6RXD□□□ARA ■
EASM6RYE□□□ARA ■
EASM6RYD□□□ARA ■
EASM6LXE□□□ARA ■
EASM6LXD□□□ARA ■
EASM6LYE□□□ARA ■
EASM6LYD□□□ARA ■
EASM4RXE□□□ARM ■
EASM4RXD□□□ARM ■
EASM4RYE□□□ARM ■
EASM4RYD□□□ARM ■
EASM4LXE□□□ARM ■
EASM4LXD□□□ARM ■
EASM4LYE□□□ARM ■
EASM4LYD□□□ARM ■
EASM6RXE□□□ARM ■
EASM6RXD□□□ARM ■
EASM6RYE□□□ARM ■
EASM6RYD□□□ARM ■
EASM6LXE□□□ARM ■
EASM6LXD□□□ARM ■
EASM6LYE□□□ARM ■
EASM6LYD□□□ARM ■
Not
equipped
Equipped
◇Side-Mounted Type
Electromagnetic
Brake
EASM4XE□□□ARA ■
EASM4XD□□□ARA ■
EASM4YE□□□ARA ■
EASM4YD□□□ARA ■
EASM6XE□□□ARA ■
EASM6XD□□□ARA ■
EASM6YE□□□ARA ■
EASM6YD□□□ARA ■
EASM4XE□□□ARM ■
EASM4XD□□□ARM ■
EASM4YE□□□ARM ■
EASM4YD□□□ARM ■
EASM6XE□□□ARM ■
EASM6XD□□□ARM ■
EASM6YE□□□ARM ■
EASM6YD□□□ARM ■
Driver
Product
Name
ARD-■
◇Side-Mounted Type
Electromagnetic
Brake
Not
equipped
ARD-■D
Equipped
Product Name
Motorized Linear Slide
Product Name
EAS4RX-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4RX-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4RY-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4RY-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4LX-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4LX-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4LY-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4LY-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6RX-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6RX-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6RY-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6RY-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6LX-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6LX-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6LY-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6LY-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4RX-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4RX-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4RY-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4RY-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4LX-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4LX-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4LY-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4LY-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6RX-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6RX-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6RY-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6RY-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6LX-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6LX-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6LY-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6LY-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EASM4RXE□□□ARA ■
EASM4RXD□□□ARA ■
EASM4RYE□□□ARA ■
EASM4RYD□□□ARA ■
EASM4LXE□□□ARA ■
EASM4LXD□□□ARA ■
EASM4LYE□□□ARA ■
EASM4LYD□□□ARA ■
EASM6RXE□□□ARA ■
EASM6RXD□□□ARA ■
EASM6RYE□□□ARA ■
EASM6RYD□□□ARA ■
EASM6LXE□□□ARA ■
EASM6LXD□□□ARA ■
EASM6LYE□□□ARA ■
EASM6LYD□□□ARA ■
EASM4RXE□□□ARM ■
EASM4RXD□□□ARM ■
EASM4RYE□□□ARM ■
EASM4RYD□□□ARM ■
EASM4LXE□□□ARM ■
EASM4LXD□□□ARM ■
EASM4LYE□□□ARM ■
EASM4LYD□□□ARM ■
EASM6RXE□□□ARM ■
EASM6RXD□□□ARM ■
EASM6RYE□□□ARM ■
EASM6RYD□□□ARM ■
EASM6LXE□□□ARM ■
EASM6LXD□□□ARM ■
EASM6LYE□□□ARM ■
EASM6LYD□□□ARM ■
Driver
Product
Name
Technical Reference
Equipped
EAS4X-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4X-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4Y-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4Y-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6X-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6X-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6Y-E□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS6Y-D□□□-ARA ■-◇
EAS4X-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4X-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4Y-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS4Y-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6X-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6X-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6Y-E□□□-ARM ■-◇
EAS6Y-D□□□-ARM ■-◇
Motorized Linear Slide
Product Name
Selection Calculation
Not
equipped
Product Name
Accessories
EAS4X-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4X-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4Y-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4Y-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6X-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6X-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6Y-E□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS6Y-D□□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAS4X-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4X-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4Y-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS4Y-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6X-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6X-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6Y-E□□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAS6Y-D□□□-ARM ■D-◇
Electromagnetic
Brake
Common Driver
Equipped
Product Name
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Not
equipped
◇Standard Type
Driver
Product
Name
Motorized Linear Slide
Product Name
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Electromagnetic
Brake
ARD-■
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name, and in the motorized linear slide product name .
●Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC), S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input only), or K (24/48 VDC) indicating power supply input is entered where the
box ■ is located within the product name and in the driver product name.
●A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●Either C (AC power-supply input) or K (DC power-supply input) indicating the power supply input is entered where the box ■ is located within the motorized linear slide product name.
39
AR Series Equipped
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Standard Type
■Product Number Code
EAC 4 R W - E 15 - AR M K D - 1 - G
①
② ③ ④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧ ⑨ ⑩
⑫
①
Series Name
EAC: EAC Series
②
Motorized Cylinder Model
4: Frame Size 42 mm×42 mm (For models with shaft guide, 42 mm×114 mm)
6 : Frame Size 60 mm×60 mm (For models with shaft guide, 60 mm×156 mm)
③
Motor Installing Direction
R: Retractable
Blank: Straight
④
Shaft Guide
W: With Shaft Guide
Blank: No Shaft Guide
⑤
Lead
D: 12 mm
E : 6 mm
⑥
⑦
Stroke
Motor
05∼30: 50∼300 mm
AR: AR Series
⑧
Motor Shaft Configuration
A: Single Shaft
M: With Electromagnetic Brake
Power Supply Input
A: Single-Phase 100-120 VAC (For pulse input type, Single-Phase 100-115 VAC)
C : Single-Phase 200-240 VAC (For pulse input type, Single-Phase 200-230 VAC)
S : Three-Phase 200-230 VAC (Pulse input only)
K: 24 VDC/48 VDC ✽1
Driver
D: Built-In Controller Type
Blank: Pulse Input Type
Connection Cables ✽2
Number: Length of Included Cable
1: 1 m 2: 2 m 3: 3 m
None: Connection cable not included
Shaft Guide Cover
G: With Shaft Guide Cover
Blank: No Shaft Guide
⑨
⑩
⑪
⑫
✽1 For the specifications and characteristics of 48 VDC, contact the Customer Service Center.
✽2 Connection cables with a length of 2.5 m or more are available as accessories (sold separately).
Accessories ➜ Page 93
40
⑪
Specifications
■Product Line
●AC Power-Supply Input
◇EAC4 Standard Type
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4-□05-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□05-ARM ■ -◇
EAC4-□10-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□10-ARM ■ -◇
EAC4-□15-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□15-ARM ■ -◇
EAC4-□20-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□20-ARM ■ -◇
EAC4-□25-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□25-ARM ■ -◇
EAC4-□30-ARA ■ -◇
EAC4-□30-ARM ■ -◇
◇EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Stroke
(mm)
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARM ■-◇
Stroke
(mm)
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□05-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARM ■-◇-G
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4R-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4R-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARM ■-◇
Technical Reference
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type
Selection Calculation
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□05-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARM ■D-◇-G
Accessories
◇EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Common Driver
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4-□05-ARA ■ D-◇
EAC4-□05-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□10-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□10-ARA ■ D-◇
EAC4-□15-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□15-ARA ■ D-◇
EAC4-□20-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□20-ARA ■ D-◇
EAC4-□25-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□25-ARA ■ D-◇
EAC4-□30-ARM ■ D-◇
EAC4-□30-ARA ■ D-◇
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Stroke
(mm)
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARM ■-◇
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□05-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARM ■D-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□05-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARM ■-◇-G
●A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC) or S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input packages only) indicating power supply input is entered where the box
■ is located within the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
41
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Standard Type
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-□30-ARM ■-◇
Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARM ■-◇
Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□05-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARM ■D-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□05-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARM ■-◇-G
Side-Mounted Type
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6R-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6R-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARM ■-◇
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□05-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARA ■D-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□05-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARM ■-◇
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□05-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARM ■D-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□05-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARM ■-◇-G
●A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC) or S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input packages only) indicating power supply input is entered where the box
■ is located within the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
42
●DC Power-Supply Input
Stroke
(mm)
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC4-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC4-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC4-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC4-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC4-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□30-ARMK-◇
EAC4-□30-ARAK-◇
Stroke
(mm)
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARMK-◇
◇EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□05-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARMK-◇-G
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4R-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4R-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC4R-□30-ARMK-◇
Technical Reference
Stroke
(mm)
Selection Calculation
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□05-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□10-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□15-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□20-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□25-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4W-□30-ARMKD-◇-G
Accessories
Stroke
(mm)
Common Driver
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4W-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC4W-□30-ARMKD-◇
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
◇EAC4 Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC4-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC4-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC4-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC4-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC4-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC4-□30-ARMKD-◇
Specifications
◇EAC4 Standard Type
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC4RW-□30-ARMK-◇
◇EAC4 Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□05-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARMKD-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC4RW-□05-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□05-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□10-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□15-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□20-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□25-ARMK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARAK-◇-G
EAC4RW-□30-ARMK-◇-G
●A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
43
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
◇EAC6
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Standard Type
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC6-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC6-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC6-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC6-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC6-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC6-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC6-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC6-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC6-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC6-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC6-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□30-ARMK-◇
EAC6-□30-ARAK-◇
Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC6W-□30-ARMK-◇
Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□05-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARMKD-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6W-□05-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□05-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□10-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□15-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□20-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□25-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6W-□30-ARMK-◇-G
Side-Mounted Type
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6R-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6R-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC6R-□30-ARMK-◇
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□05-ARMKD-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARMKD-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARMKD-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARMKD-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARMKD-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARAKD-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARMKD-◇
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□05-ARMK-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□10-ARMK-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□15-ARMK-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□20-ARMK-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□25-ARMK-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARAK-◇
EAC6RW-□30-ARMK-◇
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Built-In Controller Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□05-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARMKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARAKD-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARMKD-◇-G
Pulse Input Type
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Product Name
Product Name
EAC6RW-□05-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□05-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□10-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□15-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□20-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□25-ARMK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARAK-◇-G
EAC6RW-□30-ARMK-◇-G
●A symbol indicating the lead is specified in the box □ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
44
●Motor (AR Series) Specifications
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
130 (B)
Insulation Resistance
The measured value is 100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between the following locations:
· Between the case and the motor/sensor windings
· Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings
Dielectric Strength
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Humidity
Atmosphere
Degree of Protection ✽2
Operating
Environment
(In operation)
No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute:
· Between the case and the motor/sensor windings 1.0 kVAC, 50 Hz or
60 Hz
· Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings 1.0 kVAC,
50 Hz or 60 Hz
0∼+50˚C (non-freezing) ✽1
85% or less (non-condensing)
Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust. The product should not be exposed to water, oil or other liquids.
IP54 (Excluding motor connector)
IP20
Note
●Do not perform the insulation resistance test and the insulation pressure resistance test if the motorized cylinder (motor) and driver are connected.
●Electromagnetic Brake Specification (DC Power-Supply Input)
EAC4
24 VDC±5% ✽2, 0.08 A or more
EAC6
24 VDC±5% ✽2, 0.25 A or more
✽1 For the pulse input type, a separate power supply for the electromagnetic brake is also required.
✽2 If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
Accessories
Item
Power Supply Input
Electromagnetic Brake✽1
Common Driver
✽1 0∼+40˚C for motorized cylinders.
✽2 Motor only.
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
No abnormality is found with the following application for 1 minute:
· Between the case and the motor/sensor windings 1.5 kVAC, 50 Hz or
60 Hz
· Between the case and the electromagnetic brake windings 1.5 kVAC,
50 Hz or 60 Hz
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Heat-resistant Class
Specifications
■General Specifications
Selection Calculation
Technical Reference
45
■System Configuration
●Built-In Controller, With Electromagnetic Brake
✽1 Not supplied
✽2 To be provided by the customer as necessary.
An example of a configuration using I/O control or RS-485 communication is shown below.
Accessories (Sold separately)
Cables used for EMC directive evaluation
When extending the distance between the motorized actuator
and the driver without using an included connection cable
When extending the distance between the motorized
actuator and the driver using an included connection cable
or
(For electromagnetic brake)
(For electromagnetic brake)
Connection Cable Sets
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Extension Cable Sets
Flexible Extension Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Accessories (Sold separately)✽2
Control Module
( ➜ Page 92)
or
Data Setting Software
Data Setting Software
Communication Cable
( ➜ Page 92)
MEXE02
( ➜ Page 92)
To USB
Port
24 VDC Power Supply
for Control✽1
Computer✽1
EAC Series
Driver
Motorized Cylinders
For Electromagnetic Brake
(For RS-485 communication)
For Motor
Host System✽1
Sensor✽2
Products are available with a 1 m, 2 m or 3 m cable
(for motor and electromagnetic brake)
and also without a cable.
Main Power Supply
Accessories (Sold separately)
Battery Set
( ➜ Page 98)
Mounting Plates
( ➜ Page 101)
Peripheral Products (Sold separately)
RS-485
Communication Cables
( ➜ Page 98)
Network Converters
( ➜ Page 102)
●The EAC Series employs the AR Series, therefore it shares the User's Manual of the AR Series. The User's Manual is not included with the product. Contact the nearest Oriental Motor
sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website. http://www.orientalmotor.eu
●System Configuration Example
EAC Series
EAC4-E05-ARMCD-1
Sold Separately
Installation Plates
(Foot type)
PAP4EAC
●The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are available.
46
✽1 Not supplied
✽2 To be provided by the customer as necessary.
An example of a single-axis system configuration with the SCX11 controller is shown below.
Specifications
●Pulse Input Type with Electromagnetic Brake
Accessories (Sold separately)
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Cables used for EMC directive evaluation
When extending the distance between the motorized actuator
and the driver without using an included connection cable
When extending the distance between the motorized
actuator and the driver using an included connection cable
or
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
(For electromagnetic brake)
(For electromagnetic brake)
Connection Cable Sets
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Extension Cable Sets
Flexible Extension Cable Sets
( ➜ Page 93)
Control Module
( ➜ Page 92)
or
Data Setting Software
Data Setting Software
Communication Cable
( ➜ Page 92)
MEXE02
( ➜ Page 92)
Accessories
To USB
Port
Computer✽1
EAC Series
Controller (Sold separately)
Immediate Motion Creator for
CM/SCX Series Software
Driver
Motorized Cylinders
For Motor
Controller
( ➜ Page 102)
Computer✽1
Technical Reference
For Electromagnetic Brake
Selection Calculation
For Electromagnetic Brake
24 VDC Power Supply✽1
Common Driver
Accessories (Sold separately)✽2
24 VDC Power
Supply✽1
Products are available with a 1 m, 2 m or 3 m cable
(for motor and electromagnetic brake)
and also without a cable.
Main Power Supply
Accessories (Sold separately)
or
Mounting Plates
( ➜ Page 101)
General-Purpose Cables
( ➜ Page 97)
Connector - Terminal Block
Conversion Units
( ➜ Page 97)
●The EAC Series employs the AR Series, therefore it shares the User's Manual of the AR Series. The User's Manual is not included with the product. Contact the nearest Oriental Motor
sales office or download from the Oriental Motor website. http://www.orientalmotor.eu
●System Configuration Example
EAC Series
Controller
EAC4-E05-ARMC-1
SCX11
Sold Separately
Installation Plates
(Foot type)
PAP4EAC
Connector - Terminal Block
Conversion Unit (1 m)
CC36T10E
●The system configuration shown above is an example. Other combinations are available.
47
EAC4: Frame Size 42 mm × 42 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 14 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼14
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
EAC4-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
±0.02
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼140
200
140
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 111 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.2
1.2
0.8
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
1.0
0.4
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
160
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
140
Thrust [N]
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
48
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 64
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 12.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC4R-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼125
200
125
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
Common Driver
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼12.5
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC4R: Frame Size 42 mm × 42 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Side-Mounted Type
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 112 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.2
1.2
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
0.6
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
Selection Calculation
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
1.0
0.4
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
140
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
120
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 65
Thrust [N]
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
49
EAC4: Frame Size 42 mm × 42 mm 24 VDC Input
Standard Type
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 14 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼14
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
EAC4-D□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARMK ■-◇
±0.02
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼140
200
140
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 113 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
1.2
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
4.0
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
2.0
1.0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
160
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
140
Thrust [N]
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
50
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 64
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 12.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC4R-D□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARMK ■-◇
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼125
200
125
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 114 for operating speed and acceleration.
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
1.2
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
Selection Calculation
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼7
−
∼30
∼12.5
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC4R: Frame Size 42 mm × 42 mm 24 VDC Input
Side-Mounted Type
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
3.0
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
1.0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
140
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
120
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 65
Thrust [N]
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
51
EAC6: Frame Size 60 mm × 60 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
EAC6-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
±0.02
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼400
500
400
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 115 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.6
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.4
1.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
450
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
400
350
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
52
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 66
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC6R-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼360
500
360
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
Common Driver
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC6R: Frame Size 60 mm × 60 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Side-Mounted Type
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 115 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.6
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.0
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.4
Selection Calculation
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.4
1.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
400
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
350
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 67
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
53
EAC6: Frame Size 60 mm × 60 mm 24 VDC Input
Standard Type
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
EAC6-D□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARMK ■-◇
±0.02
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼400
500
400
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 116 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.5
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
0.8
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.0
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.0
1.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
450
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
400
350
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
54
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 66
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 30 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC6R-D□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARMK ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARAK ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARMK ■-◇
12
6
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼360
500
360
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 116 for operating speed and acceleration.
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.5
1.2
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
0.6
0.4
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.5
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
Selection Calculation
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼15
−
∼60
∼30
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC6R: Frame Size 60 mm × 60 mm 24 VDC Input
Side-Mounted Type
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
◇Vertical Direction Installation
4.0
1.5
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.0
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.0
1.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
400
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
350
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 67
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
55
EAC4W: Frame Size 42 mm × 114 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 13 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC4W-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
Resolution [P/R]
100∼10000
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼6
−
∼30
∼13
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:1.3 M Y :1.3 M R:0.6
M P:3.7 M Y :3.7 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼140
200
140
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 117 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.2
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.8
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
1.2
1.0
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
1.0
Home Position
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
160
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
140
120
Thrust [N]
300
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0.2
100
80
60
40
20
56
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Center
of Gravity
0.4
0
0
0.5
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.5
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 68
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 11.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
100∼10000
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:1.3 M Y :1.3 M R:0.6
M P:3.7 M Y :3.7 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼125
200
125
300
Common Driver
EAC4RW-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
Resolution [P/R]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼6
−
∼30
∼11.5
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 118 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.2
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.8
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.5
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
1.2
1.0
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Selection Calculation
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC4RW: Frame Size 42 mm × 114 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
Load Center
of Gravity
1.0
Home Position
0.4
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
140
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
120
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 69
Thrust [N]
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
57
EAC4W: Frame Size 42 mm × 114 mm 24 VDC Input
Standard Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 13 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC4W-D□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-D□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-E□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC4W-E□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
Resolution [P/R]
100∼10000
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼6
−
∼30
∼13
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:1.3 M Y :1.3 M R:0.6
M P:3.7 M Y :3.7 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼140
200
140
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 119 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
3.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.2
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
1.0
0.5
3.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.5
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
Load Center
of Gravity
2.0
Home Position
1.0
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
160
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
140
Thrust [N]
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
58
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 68
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 30 kg/Vertical 11.5 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
100∼10000
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:1.3 M Y :1.3 M R:0.6
M P:3.7 M Y :3.7 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼70
100
70
600
∼125
200
125
300
Common Driver
EAC4RW-D□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-D□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-E□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC4RW-E□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
Resolution [P/R]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼15
∼6
−
∼30
∼11.5
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 120 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
3.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.0
1.5
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.2
Selection Calculation
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
Accessories
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC4RW: Frame Size 42 mm×114 mm 24 VDC Input
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
Load Center
of Gravity
1.0
Home Position
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
140
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
120
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 69
Thrust [N]
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
59
EAC6W: Frame Size 60 mm × 156 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Standard Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 28 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC6W-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼13
−
∼60
∼28
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:2.2 M Y :2.2 M R:1.3
M P:7.8 M Y :7.8 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼400
500
400
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning time
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 121 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.6
1.4
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
1.6
1.4
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
3.0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
■Operating Speed – Thrust
450
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
400
350
300
Thrust [N]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Load Center
of Gravity
2.0
Home Position
1.0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
250
200
150
100
50
60
0.5
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0
0
0
0
1.0
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.5
2.0
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2.5
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 70
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 28 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
100∼10000
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:2.2 M Y :2.2 M R:1.3
M P:7.8 M Y :7.8 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼360
500
360
300
Common Driver
EAC6RW-D□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-D□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-E□□-ARA ■ ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-E□□-ARM ■ ■-◇- ■
Resolution[P/R]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼13
−
∼60
∼28
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the power supply type and driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 121 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
1.6
Positioning Time [s]
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
3.0
1.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
2.5
2.0
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2.5
Technical Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
1.6
1.4
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
Selection Calculation
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
Accessories
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC6RW: Frame Size 60 mm × 156 mm AC Power-Supply Input
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Load Center
of Gravity
2.0
Home Position
1.0
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
400
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
350
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 71
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
61
EAC6W: Frame Size 60 mm × 156 mm 24 VDC Input
Standard Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 28 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Drive System
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
EAC6W-D□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-D□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-E□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC6W-E□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
Resolution[P/R]
100∼10000
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼13
−
∼60
∼28
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:2.2 M Y :2.2 M R:1.3
M P:7.8 M Y :7.8 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼400
500
400
300
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 122 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
3.0
1.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
2.0
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.5
1.0
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
3.0
8.0
7.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
6.0
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
1.0
0
0
Home Position
450
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
400
350
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
62
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
300
Load Center
of Gravity
3.0
0.5
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
4.0
2.0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.5
5.0
1.0
0
0
1.0
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
9.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
4.0
2.0
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2.5
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 70
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Maximum Transportable Mass: Horizontal 60 kg/Vertical 28 kg
Stroke: 50 to 300 mm (50 mm increments)
■Motorized Cylinders
Ball Screw
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy [mm]
100∼10000
12
6
Dynamic Permissible Moment [N·m]
Static Permissible Moment [N·m]
M P:2.2 M Y :2.2 M R:1.3
M P:7.8 M Y :7.8 M R:3.0
Thrust
[N]
Pushing Force
[N]
Holding Force
[N]
Maximum Speed
[mm/s]
∼200
400
200
600
∼360
500
360
300
Common Driver
EAC6RW-D□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-D□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-E□□-ARAK ■-◇- ■
EAC6RW-E□□-ARMK ■-◇- ■
Resolution[P/R]
Transportable Mass [kg]
Horizontal
Vertical
−
∼30
∼13
−
∼60
∼28
Lead
[mm]
Product Name
±0.02
The positioning time (reference) can be checked from the positioning distance.
Refer to page 122 for operating speed and acceleration.
●12 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
3.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
2.0
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
Horizontal Transferrable Mass [kg]
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
3.0
8.0
7.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
6.0
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
1.0
0
0
Home Position
400
Lead: 12 mm
Lead: 6 mm
350
Overhung
distance
Positioning Distance
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Note
●The positioning time in the graph does not include the settling time.
Use a settling time of 0.15 s or less as a reference. (Settling time is adjustable by the velocity filter function.)
●The starting speed should be 6 mm/s or less.
■Operating Speed – Thrust
300
Load Center
of Gravity
3.0
0.5
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
4.0
2.0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.5
5.0
1.0
0
0
1.0
Products with shaft guide and shaft guide cover can be applied
with load, and can transport the load. Refer to the above graph for
the horizontally transportable mass.
9.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
0
0
◇Vertical Direction Installation
4.0
2.0
300
●6 mm Lead
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
Overhung distance
0 mm
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
2.5
Technical Reference
1.0
◇Positioning Distance – Horizontally
Transportable Mass
◇Vertical Direction Installation
1.5
Selection Calculation
■Maximum Transportable
Mass in Horizontal
Direction
Accessories
●A number indicating the stroke length is entered where the box □ is located within the product name.
A symbol indicating the driver type is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
An alphabet (G) indicating being equipped with shaft guide cover is specified in the box ■ in the product name.
●For reading the specifications table and cautions, refer to "How to Read Specifications Table" on Page 16.
●For the specifications and characteristics for 48 VDC input, contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
■Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Drive System
Specifications
EAC6RW: Frame Size 60 mm × 156 mm 24 VDC Input
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide (With cover)
300
●The positioning distance is the distance from the home
position.
●The overhung distance is the distance taken by the protrusion
from the load installation surface.
■Dimensions
●Motorized Cylinders ➜ Page 71
Thrust [N]
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
600
700
63
■Dimensions
(Unit mm)
●Motorized Cylinders
◇EAC4 Standard Type
✽AC Input
13
54
✽DC Input
28.5
12
Electromagnetic Brake
Cable ϕ6
20
4×M8
34.5
400
400
Connector Cover
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
17.6
Connector Cover
2.5
1.2
43025-0200 (Molex)
3.4
5.7
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
Stroke+214.5±2 ✽3
Home Position
For Electromagnetic Brake
4
97.6✽3
68✽3
Stroke+61
2
Detail of "A"
7
4×M5
10 Deep
M14×1.5
35
22
A
10
ϕ25
✽1
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
22
Protective Earth Terminal M4
21.5 10 23.5
0
ϕ38−0.1
Stroke+184.9±2 ✽3
22
35
42
16
Motor Cable ϕ8
4.2
43025-1000 (Molex)
0.75
22
42
68
Installation Plate
Foot Type
(Accessory)
10
(35)
Details of B
Installation Plate, Flange Type
(Accessory)
●Included nut (1 pc.)
75
60
35
4×ϕ6 Thru
21
42
34
23.36
M14×1.5
12.8
10
B
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
Motorized Cylinder Product Name: EACM4D□□ARAK, EACM4E□□ARAK, EACM4D□□ARAC, EACM4E□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM4D□□ARMK, EACM4E□□ARMK, EACM4D□□ARMC, EACM4E□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.9
2.1
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
64
◇EAC4R
Side-Mounted Type
✽DC Input
13
54
Specifications
✽AC Input
12
20
400
28.5
4×M8
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
400
34.5
4.2
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
Connector Cover
17.6
1.2
43025-0200 (Molex)
16
18.5
97.6✽3
68✽3
Detail of "A"
For Electromagnetic Brake
Home Position
10
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
22
0
ϕ38−0.1
ϕ25
4
2
21.5 10 23.5
A
7
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
22
42
68
10
(35)
0.75
Installation Plate, Foot Type
(Accessory)
Installation Plate, Flange Type
(Accessory)
4×ϕ6 Thru
23.36
21
10
12.8
35
60
75
B
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
Technical Reference
42
34
●Included nut (1 pc.)
M14×1.5
Selection Calculation
Details of B
Accessories
Stroke+61
Stroke+99.7±2
35
22
4×M5
10 Deep
22
35
42
M14×1.5
Protective Earth Terminal M4
Common Driver
106.6
✽1
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
3.4
5.7
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
23.1
2.5
43025-1000 (Molex)
Motorized Cylinder Product Name: EACM4RD□□ARAK, EACM4RE□□ARAK, EACM4RD□□ARAC, EACM4RE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM4RD□□ARMK, EACM4RE□□ARMK, EACM4RD□□ARMC, EACM4RE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.9
2.1
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
65
◇EAC6
Standard Type
✽For AC Input
13
72
✽For DC Input
20
400
4×M8
5.8
3.3
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake
Cable ϕ6
28.5
400
12
Connector Cover
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
17.6
4.5
7.2
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
16
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
1.5
43025-1000 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
18.5
Home Position
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
4
Stroke+67
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
2
50
32
7
4×M6×
12 Deep
A
10
ϕ35
✽1
Detail of "A"
34
50
60
30
32
99.5✽3
64.5✽3
15
0
Protective Earth Terminal M4
For Electromagnetic Brake
32.5
ϕ54−0.1
Stroke+235.7±2✽3
Stroke+200.7±2✽3
M18×1.5
34
60
86
Installation Plate
Foot Type
(Accessory)
Installation Plate
Flange Type
(Accessory)
●Included Nut (1 pc.)
99
82
50
4×ϕ7 Thru
27
60
50
29.56
M18×1.5
15.8
12
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
Motorized Cylinder Product Name: EACM6D□□ARAK, EACM6E□□ARAK, EACM6D□□ARAC, EACM6E□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM6D□□ARMK, EACM6E□□ARMK, EACM6D□□ARMC, EACM6E□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
2.6
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.1
4.5
2.9
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.4
4.8
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
66
◇EAC6R Side-Mounted Type
Specifications
✽For AC Input
13
72
✽For DC Input
400
12
20
4×M8
5.8
3.3
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
Connector Cover
Connector Cover
43025-0200 (Molex)
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
16
Motor Cableϕ8
4.5
7.2
17.6
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
1.5
43025-1000 (Molex)
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
18.5
28.7
Detail of "A"
99.5✽3
64.5✽3
For Electromagnetic Brake
2
4
32.5 15 30
Home Position
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
34
50
60
32
0
A
10
30.3
Stroke+67
Stroke+117.8±2
50
32
4×M6×
12 Deep
7
34
60
86
Accessories
Installation Plate, Foot Type
(Accessory)
60
50
●Included Nut (1 pc.)
29.56
M18×1.5
12
50
82
99
✽1 The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
✽2 During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
✽3 For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
Technical Reference
15.8
Selection Calculation
4×ϕ7 Thru
Installation Plate, Flange Type
(Accessory)
27
Common Driver
ϕ35
M18×1.5
ϕ54−0.1
146.6
✽1
Protective Earth Terminal M4
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
28.5
400
Motorized Cylinder Product Name: EACM6RD□□ARAK, EACM6RE□□ARAK, EACM6RD□□ARAC, EACM6RE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM6RD□□ARMK, EACM6RE□□ARMK, EACM6RD□□ARMC, EACM6RE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
Stroke
Mass [kg]
Single Shaft
Electromagnetic Brake Type
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
2.6
3.0
3.4
3.7
4.1
4.5
2.9
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.4
4.8
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
67
◇EAC4W Standard Type with Shaft Guide/with Shaft Guide Cover
Mechanism Limit Position
Stroke+71
Stroke+14
69
ϕ18
With Shaft Cover
✽DC Input
13
ϕ25
76
120
✽AC Input
ϕ12
2
400
ϕ32
28.5
12
Electromagnetic Brake
Cable ϕ6
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
11.5
43025-1000 (Molex)
17.6
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
16
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
4×M8
34.5
400
20
Connector Cover
18.5
Home Position
Stroke+224.5±2✽3
Stroke+194.9±2✽3
Protective Earth Terminal M4
32.5
97.6✽3
For Electromagnetic Brake
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
4
68✽3
Stroke+61
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
7 8×M5
10 Deep
4×M5
10 Deep
90
18
29
29
A
10
18
33
42
26
10
102
114
134
Installation Plate, Foot Type
(Accessory)
✽1
18
+0.01
0 ×4
ϕ3 H7
Deep
10 ✽4
+0.01
0 ×4
3
0.75
4
18
33
4×M5×7 Deep
Deep
10
35
Refer to "A" section.
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part.
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name:
With Shaft Guide
EACM4WD□□ARAK, EACM4WE□□ARAK, EACM4WD□□ARAC, EACM4WE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM4WD□□ARMK, EACM4WE□□ARMK, EACM4WD□□ARMC, EACM4WE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
With Shaft Guide
Cover
EACM4WD□□ARAK-G, EACM4WE□□ARAK-G, EACM4WD□□ARAC-G, EACM4WE□□ARAC-G (Single shaft)
EACM4WD□□ARMK-G, EACM4WE□□ARMK-G, EACM4WD□□ARMC-G,
EACM4WE□□ARMC-G (With electromagnetic brake)
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
Stroke
With Shaft Guide
1.8
(1.9)
2.1
(2.2)
2.4
(2.5)
2.6
(2.7)
2.9
(3.0)
3.2
(3.3)
With Shaft Guide Cover
1.8
(2.0)
2.1
(2.3)
2.5
(2.6)
2.7
(2.8)
3.0
(3.2)
3.3
(3.5)
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake.
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
68
◇EAC4RW
Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide/with Shaft Guide Cover
Specifications
Mechanism Limit Position
Stroke+71
Stroke+14
With Shaft Cover
69
✽AC Input
ϕ18
✽DC Input
400
ϕ32
2
34.5
20 4×M8
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
400
ϕ12
13
ϕ25
76
120
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
12
28.5
11.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
43025-1000 (Molex)
Connector Cover
43025-0200 (Molex)
17.6
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
23.1
Common Driver
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
18.5
97.6✽3
68✽3
42
For Electromagnetic Brake
8×M5
10 Deep
4×M5
10 Deep
A
10
4
32.5
Home Position
29
7
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
Installation Plate, Foot Type
(Accessory)
18
90
102
114
134
18
+0.01
0 ×4
ϕ3 H7
Deep
0.75
4
Technical Reference
18
33
4×M5×7 Deep
29
Selection Calculation
Stroke+61
Stroke+109.7±2
10
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
18
33
42
26
Protective Earth Terminal M4
Accessories
106.6
✽1
10✽4
+0.01
0 ×4
3
Deep
10
35
Detail of "A"
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
For DC power-supply input, total motor length shortens by 0.5 mm for single-shaft models, and 0.6 mm for the electromagnetic brake type.
The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part.
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name:
With Shaft Guide
EACM4RWD□□ARAK, EACM4RWE□□ARAK, EACM4RWD□□ARAC, EACM4RWE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM4RWD□□ARMK, EACM4RWE□□ARMK, EACM4RWD□□ARMC, EACM4RWE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
With Shaft Guide
Cover
EACM4RWD□□ARAK-G, EACM4RWE□□ARAK-G, EACM4RWD□□ARAC-G, EACM4RWE□□ARAC-G (Single shaft)
EACM4RWD□□ARMK-G, EACM4RWE□□ARMK-G, EACM4RWD□□ARMC-G,
EACM4RWE□□ARMC-G (With electromagnetic brake)
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
Stroke
With Shaft Guide
1.8
(1.9)
2.1
(2.2)
2.4
(2.5)
2.6
(2.7)
2.9
(3.0)
3.2
(3.3)
With Shaft Guide Cover
1.8
(2.0)
2.1
(2.3)
2.5
(2.6)
2.7
(2.8)
3.0
(3.2)
3.3
(3.5)
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake.
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
69
◇EAC6W
Standard Type with Shaft Guide/with Shaft Guide Cover
Mechanism Limit Position
Stroke+86
With Shaft Cover
ϕ25
Input
✽For DC Input
13
ϕ35
108
164
✽For AC
83
Stroke+18
12
20
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake
Cable ϕ6
ϕ44
4.5
400
400
ϕ16
28.5
4×M8
15.5
43025-1000 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
Connector Cover
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
17.6
16
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
99.5✽3
64.5✽3
4
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
12
Stroke+67
7 8×M6×12 Deep
4×M6×12 Deep
128
30
39
39
A
10
60
40
Protective Earth Terminal M4
For Electromagnetic Brake
Home Position
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
48.5
30
50
Stroke+247.7±2✽3
Stroke+212.7±2✽3
142
156
178
Installation Plate
Foot Type
(Accessory)
4×M6×9 Deep
28
+0.012
0
(H7)×4
ϕ4
Deep
5
26.5
50
✽1
+0.012
0
×4
ϕ4
10✽4
Deep
Detail of "A"
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in four directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
For DC power-supply input, the total motor length decreases by 0.5 mm.
The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part.
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name:
With Shaft Guide
EACM6WD□□ARAK, EACM6WE□□ARAK, EACM6WD□□ARAC, EACM6WE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM6WD□□ARMK, EACM6WE□□ARMK, EACM6WD□□ARMC, EACM6WE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
With Shaft Guide
Cover
EACM6WD□□ARAK-G, EACM6WE□□ARAK-G, EACM6WD□□ARAC-G, EACM6WE□□ARAC-G (Single shaft)
EACM6WD□□ARMK-G, EACM6WE□□ARMK-G, EACM6WD□□ARMC-G,
EACM6WE□□ARMC-G (With electromagnetic brake)
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
Stroke
With Shaft Guide
4.1
(4.4)
4.7
(5.0)
5.2
(5.5)
5.7
(6.0)
6.3
(6.6)
6.8
(7.1)
With Shaft Guide Cover
4.2
(4.5)
4.9
(5.2)
5.4
(5.7)
6.0
(6.3)
6.6
(6.9)
7.2
(7.5)
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake.
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
70
◇EAC6RW Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide/with Shaft Guide Cover
Specifications
Mechanism Limit Position
Stroke+86
With Shaft Cover
ϕ25
Input
✽For
DC Input
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
34.5
Electromagnetic Brake Cable ϕ6
20
4×M8
15.5
Connector Cover
17.6
Connector Cover
Motor Cable ϕ8
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
28.5
ϕ44
12
400
400
ϕ16
4.5
13
ϕ35
108
164
✽For AC
83
Stroke+18
43025-1000 (Molex)
43025-0200 (Molex)
16
5557-02R-210 (Molex)
5557-10R-210 (Molex)
18.5
99.5✽3
64.5✽3
Common Driver
28.7
60
For Electromagnetic Brake
8×M6×12 Deep
4×M6×12 Deep
Protective Earth Terminal M4
A
60
40
12
4
7
39
30
128
142
156
178
Stroke+3
(Positioning Range)
Installation Plate, Foot Type (Accessories)
4×M6×9 Deep
+0.012
0
(H7)×4
ϕ4
Deep
5
+0.012
0
×4
ϕ4
10✽4
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
Technical Reference
26.5
50
28
39
Selection Calculation
48.5
Home Position
10
30.3
Mechanical Limit
Position✽2
Stroke+67
Stroke+129.8±2
Accessories
30
50
146.6
✽1
Deep
Detail of "A"
The motor cable outlet direction can be changed in 90˚ intervals in three directions.
During the pushing return-to-home operation, the rod moves to the position limit of the mechanism. The pushing return-to-home operation cannot be performed on the opposite side of the motor.
For DC power-supply input, the total motor length decreases by 0.5 mm.
The installation plate foot type cannot be installed on this part.
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name:
With Shaft Guide
EACM6RWD□□ARAK, EACM6RWE□□ARAK, EACM6RWD□□ARAC, EACM6RWE□□ARAC (Single shaft)
EACM6RWD□□ARMK, EACM6RWE□□ARMK, EACM6RWD□□ARMC, EACM6RWE□□ARMC (With electromagnetic brake)
With Shaft Guide
Cover
EACM6RWD□□ARAK-G, EACM6RWE□□ARAK-G, EACM6RWD□□ARAC-G, EACM6RWE□□ARAC-G (Single shaft)
EACM6RWD□□ARMK-G, EACM6RWE□□ARMK-G, EACM6RWD□□ARMC-G,
EACM6RWE□□ARMC-G (With electromagnetic brake)
Numbers Specifiable in the Box □ within the Motorized Cylinder Product Name
005
010
015
020
025
030
50
100
150
200
250
300
Stroke
With Shaft Guide
4.1
(4.4)
4.7
(5.0)
5.2
(5.5)
5.7
(6.0)
6.3
(6.6)
6.8
(7.1)
With Shaft Guide Cover
4.2
(4.5)
4.9
(5.2)
5.4
(5.7)
6.0
(6.3)
6.6
(6.9)
7.2
(7.5)
Mass [kg]
●The values in the parentheses ( ) for the mass refer to the mass using models with electromagnetic brake.
●For CAD data, please download from the Oriental Motor website.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
71
●Cables for Motor (Included), Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Included)
◇AC Power Supply Input, Common to All Types
●Cables for Motor
Motor Side
Length L (m)
1
2
3
Driver Side
75
5559-10P-210
(Molex)
5557-10R-210
(Molex)
Connector Cover
22.2
37.5
30
24.3
Cable Type
Cable for Motor 1 m
Cable for Motor 2 m
Cable for Motor 3 m
12
20.6
ϕ8
23.9
11.6
14.5
19.6
L
●Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Electromagnetic brake type only)
Cable Type
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 2 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m
Motor Side
Length L (m)
1
2
3
Driver Side
76
5559-02P-210
(Molex)
Stick Terminal: AI0.5-8WH
(Phoenix Contact)
13.5
11.8
21.5
ϕ4.1
19
24
Connector Cover
80±10
L
◇DC Power Supply Input, Common to All Types
●Cables for Motor
Motor Side
Driver Side
43020-1000 (Molex)
43025-1000 (Molex)
15.9
Length L (m)
1
2
3
22.3
16.5
Cable Type
Cable for Motor 1 m
Cable for Motor 2 m
Cable for Motor 3 m
ϕ8
7.9
16.9
14
8.3
10.9
L
Cable Type
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 1 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 2 m
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake 3 m
Length L (m)
1
2
3
8.8
●Cables for Electromagnetic Brake (Electromagnetic brake type only)
Motor Side
43020-0200
10.3
(Molex)
Driver Side
ϕ4.1
80±10
16.9
L
72
Specifications
■Motorized Cylinder and Driver Combinations
The product names for motorized cylinder and driver combinations are shown below.
●Built-In Controller Type
●Pulse Input Type
◇Standard Type
Not
equipped
EAC4-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
Driver Product
Name
Not
equipped
ARD- ■D
◇Side-Mounted Type
Electromagnetic
Brake
Equipped
EAC4-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC4-D□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6-D□□-ARM ■-◇
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name
EACM4E□□ARA ■
EACM4D□□ARA ■
EACM6E□□ARA ■
EACM6D□□ARA ■
EACM4E□□ARM ■
EACM4D□□ARM ■
EACM6E□□ARM ■
EACM6D□□ARM ■
Electromagnetic
Brake
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4R-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARM ■-◇
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RE□□ARA ■
EACM4RD□□ARA ■
EACM6RE□□ARA ■
EACM6RD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■
EACM4RE□□ARM ■
EACM4RD□□ARM ■
EACM6RE□□ARM ■
EACM6RD□□ARM ■
◇Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Electromagnetic
Brake
Electromagnetic
Brake
Equipped
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4W-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6W-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4W-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC4W-D□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6W-D□□-ARM ■-◇
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4WE□□ARA ■
EACM4WD□□ARA ■
EACM6WE□□ARA ■
EACM6WD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■
EACM4WE□□ARM ■
EACM4WD□□ARM ■
EACM6WE□□ARM ■
EACM6WD□□ARM ■
◇Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
◇Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide
Electromagnetic
Brake
Electromagnetic
Brake
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4RW-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6RW-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4RW-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4RW-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6RW-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■D
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4RW-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-E□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC6RW-D□□-ARA ■-◇
EAC4RW-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC4RW-D□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-E□□-ARM ■-◇
EAC6RW-D□□-ARM ■-◇
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■
◇Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
◇Standard Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Electromagnetic
Brake
Electromagnetic
Brake
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4W-E□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-D□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-E□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-D□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-E□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4W-D□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-E□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6W-D□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■-G
ARD- ■D
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■-G
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4W-E□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-D□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-E□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6W-D□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4W-E□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4W-D□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-E□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6W-D□□-ARM ■-◇-G
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■-G
ARD- ■
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■-G
◇Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
◇Side-Mounted Type with Shaft Guide Cover
Electromagnetic
Brake
Electromagnetic
Brake
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4RW-E□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-D□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-E□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-D□□-ARA ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-E□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC4RW-D□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-E□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
EAC6RW-D□□-ARM ■D-◇-G
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■-G
ARD- ■D
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■-G
Not
equipped
Equipped
Product Name
EAC4RW-E□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-D□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-E□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-D□□-ARA ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-E□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC4RW-D□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-E□□-ARM ■-◇-G
EAC6RW-D□□-ARM ■-◇-G
Technical Reference
EAC4W-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6W-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4W-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4W-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6W-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4WE□□ARA ■
EACM4WD□□ARA ■
EACM6WE□□ARA ■
EACM6WD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■D
EACM4WE□□ARM ■
EACM4WD□□ARM ■
EACM6WE□□ARM ■
EACM6WD□□ARM ■
Selection Calculation
Not
equipped
ARD- ■
◇Side-Mounted Type
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RE□□ARA ■
EACM4RD□□ARA ■
EACM6RE□□ARA ■
EACM6RD□□ARA ■
ARD- ■D
EACM4RE□□ARM ■
EACM4RD□□ARM ■
EACM6RE□□ARM ■
EACM6RD□□ARM ■
◇Standard Type with Shaft Guide
Product Name
Driver Product
Name
Accessories
EAC4R-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARA ■D-◇
EAC4R-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC4R-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-E□□-ARM ■D-◇
EAC6R-D□□-ARM ■D-◇
Equipped
Product Name
Common Driver
Not
equipped
Product Name
Electromagnetic
Brake
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Equipped
Product Name
◇Standard Type
Motorized Cylinder
Product Name
EACM4E□□ARA ■
EACM4D□□ARA ■
EACM6E□□ARA ■
EACM6D□□ARA ■
EACM4E□□ARM ■
EACM4D□□ARM ■
EACM6E□□ARM ■
EACM6D□□ARM ■
Motorized Linear Slides
EAS Series
Electromagnetic
Brake
Driver Product
Motorized Cylinder
Name
Product Name
EACM4RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARA ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARA ■-G
ARD- ■
EACM4RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM4RWD□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWE□□ARM ■-G
EACM6RWD□□ARM ■-G
●A number indicating the stroke is entered where the box □ is located within the product name, and in the motorized cylinder product name .
●Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC), S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input type only), or K (24/48 VDC) indicating power supply input is entered
where the box ■ is located within the product name and in the driver product name.
●A number indicating the desired length of 1 (1 m), 2 (2 m) or 3 (3 m) is entered where the box ◇ is located within the product name when the cable is included with the product.
●Either C (AC power-supply input) or K (DC power-supply input) indicating the power supply input is entered where the box ■ is located within the motorized cylinder product name.
73
Motorized Linear Slides/Motorized Cylinders
Common Driver
Motorized linear slides EAS Series and motorized cyliners EAC Series employ the closed-loop stepping motor and driver package
Built-in Controller Type Driver
AC Power-Supply Input
DC Power-Supply Input
ARD-□D
ARD-KD
AR Series.
Pulse Input Type Driver
AC Power-Supply Input
ARD-□
DC Power-Supply Input
ARD-K
●Either A (single-phase 100-115 (120) VAC), C (single-phase 200-230 (240) VAC) or S (three-phase 200-230 VAC: pulse input only) indicating power supply input is entered where the box □ is
located within the driver product name.
■Driver Specifications
Built-In Controller Type
−
Max. Input Pulse Frequency
Number of Positioning Data Sets
Independent
Linked
Linked 2
Positioning Operation
Sequential
Direct
Continuous Operation
JOG Operation
Return-To-Home Operation
Test Operation
Absolute Backup System
Control Module OPX-2A
Data Setting Software MEXE02
64 Points
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
◯
Pulse Input Type
Line driver output by programmable controller: 500 kHz (When the pulse duty is 50%)
Open-collector output by programmable controller: 250 kHz (When the pulse duty is 50%) ✽
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
◯
−
◯
◯
✽ The values when the separately-sold general-purpose cable is used. General-purpose cables ➜ Page 97
■Power-Supply Input Specifications
●AC Power-Supply Input Driver
Item
Built-In Controller Type
Pulse Input Type
Main Power
Single-Phase 100-115 (120) VAC ✽
Input Current
Supply Input
Single-Phase 200-230 (240) VAC ✽
A
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
Control Power Source
Voltage and
Frequency
EAS4,EAC4
EAS6,EAC6
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC, Single-Phase 200-240 VAC −15∼+6% 50/60 Hz
Single-phase 100-115 VAC, Single-phase 200-230 VAC, three-phase 200-230 VAC −15∼+10% 50/60 Hz
2.9 (2.4) ✽
4.4 (3.6) ✽
1.9 (1.5) ✽
2.7 (2.3) ✽
1
1.4
24 VDC±5% 0.5A
●DC Power-Supply Input Driver
EAS4,EAC4
Item
Main Power
Supply Input
Voltage
Input Current A
24 VDC±10% (24 VDC±5%) ✽
1.4 (1.8) ✽
EAS6,EAC6
3.1 (3.8) ✽
✽ The parentheses ( ) indicate the values for the built-in controller type.
■Driver General Specifications
Insulation Resistance ✽1
Dielectric Voltage ✽2
Ambient
Temperature
Ambient
Humidity
Atmosphere
Degree of Protection
Operating
Environment
(In operation)
AC Power-Supply Input
Built-In Controller Type
Pulse Input Type
· PE Terminal – Power Supply Terminal
· Signal I/O Terminal – Power Supply Terminal
· PE Terminal – Power Supply Terminal · PE Terminal – Power Supply Terminal
1.8 kV, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
1.5 kV, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
· Signal I/O Terminal – Power
· Signal I/O Terminal - Power
Supply Terminal
Supply Terminal
1.9 kV, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
1.8kV, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
0∼+55˚C ✽3
0∼+50˚C ✽3
(non-freezing)
(non-freezing)
DC Power-Supply Input
Built-In Controller Type
Pulse Input Type
· FG Terminal – Power Input
−
Terminal
· FG Terminal – Power Input
Terminal
500 VAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz
−
0∼+50˚C
(non-freezing)
85% or less (non-condensing)
Use in an area without corrosive gases and dust. The product should not be exposed to water, oil or other liquids.
IP10
IP20
IP10
IP20
✽1 The measured value is 100 MΩ or more when a 500 VDC megger is applied between two points in the table.
✽2 No failure is found even if the voltage is applied for 1 minute under the condition shown in the table.
✽3 When a heat sink is installed that is equivalent to an aluminum plate size of at least 200×200 mm and 2 mm thickness.
Note
●Do not perform the insulation resistance test or dielectric voltage withstand test while the motorized actuator and driver are connected.
■Built-In Controller Type RS-485 Communication Specification
Protocol
Electrical Characteristics
Transmission Mode
Baud Rate
Physical Layer
Connection Type
74
Modbus Protocol (Modbus RTU Mode)
In compliance with the EIA-485. Use twisted-pair cables (TIA/EIA-568B CAT5e or better recommended). The maximum total extension length is 50 m.
Half duplex
9600bps/19200bps/38400bps/57600bps/115200bps
Start-stop synchronization (data: 8 bits, stop bit: 1 bit or 2 bits, parity: none, even, or odd)
Up to 31 units can be connected to a single programmable controller (master unit).
(Unit mm)
Specifications
■Dimensions
●Built-In Controller Type
◇AC Power Supply Input (ARD-AD, ARD-CD)
Mass: 0.75 kg
45
37 max.
ϕ4.5 Thru
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
5
125
35
5
Common Driver
Slit
10
17.5
2×M4
●Included
Power Input Terminal Connector (CN1)
Connector: MC1,5/6-STF-3,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Sensor Signal Connector (CN5)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/5-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/9-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/7-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Connector for Regeneration Unit Input/Main Power Input Terminals (CN3)
Connector: 54928-0570 (MOLEX)
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
8.1
160
150
Slit
◇DC Power Supply Input (ARD-KD)
37 max.
Accessories
Mass: 0.17 kg
70
5.5
9.2 max.
100
4.7
17 max.
Selection
Calculation
●Included
Power Input Terminal Connector (CN1)
Connector: MC1,5/5-STF-3,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Sensor Signal Connector (CN5)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/5-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/9-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
Connector: FK-MC0,5/7-ST-2,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
17.5
35.1
35
Technical
Reference
●Pulse Input Type
◇AC Power Supply Input (ARD-A, ARD-C, ARD-S)
Mass: 0.75 kg
45
41 max.
ϕ4.5 Thru
5
125
8.1
160
150
Slit
35
10
17.5
2×M4
5
●Included
Control I/O Connector (CN5)
Case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Connector: 10136-3000PE (Sumitomo 3M)
Connector for Regeneration Unit Input/Main Power Input Terminals (CN3)
Connector: 54928-0570 (MOLEX)
Connector for 24 VDC Power Supply Input/
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input/Electromagnetic Brake Output Terminals
(CN1)
Connector: MC1,5/6-STF-3,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
◇DC Power Supply Input (ARD-K)
Mass: 0.17 kg
4
14.2 max.
90
9.7
60
17.5
35.1
41 max.
35
●Included
Control I/O Connector (CN5)
Case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Connector: 10136-3000PE (Sumitomo 3M)
Connector for Main Power Input/Frame Ground Terminals (CN1)
Connector: MC1,5/3-STF-3,5 (PHOENIX CONTACT)
75
■Connection and Operation (Built-in controller type)
●Driver Part Names and Functions (Built-in controller type, AC power-supply input)
Signal Monitor Display
Axis Setting Switch (ID)
24 VDC Power Input Terminal (CN1)
Terminating Resistor Setting Switch (TERM.)
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal (CN1)
Electromagnetic Brake Terminals (CN1)
RS-485 Communication Connector (CN6)
RS-485 Communication Connector (CN7)
Motor Connector (CN2)
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
CHARGE
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Regeneration Unit Connection Terminals (CN3)
Sensor Signal Connector (CN5)
Main Power Input Terminal (CN3)
Control Module Connector (CN4)
Protective Earth Terminal
[Driver Bottom]
Baud Rate Setting Switch (SW2)
Function Switch (SW4)
Battery Connector (CN10)
Signal Monitor Display
◇LED Indicators
Indication
PWR
ALM
C-DAT
C-ERR
Color
Green
Red
Green
Red
Function
Power supply indication
Alarm indication
Communication indication
Communication error indication
Lighting Condition
When 24 VDC power supply is input
When a protective function is activated (blinking)
When communication data is being sent or received
When communication data is in error
Axis Setting Switch (ID)
Indication
ID
Switch Name
Unit Setting Switch
Function
Set this when you use RS-485 communication. Set the unit number (factory default setting: 0).
Baud Rate Setting Switch (SW2)
Indication
SW2
Switch Name
Baud Rate Setting Switch
Function
Set this when you use RS-485 communication. Set the baud rate (factory default setting: 7).
◇RS-485 Baud Rate Setting
No.
0
1
2
3
Baud Rate (bps)
No.
4
5∼6
7
8∼F
9600
19200
38400
57600
Baud Rate (bps)
115200
Not used
625000 (connection with a network converter)
Not used
Terminating Resistor Setting Switch (TERM.)
Indication
TERM.
No.
1
2
Function
Set the RS-485 communication termination resistance (120 Ω) (factory default setting: OFF).
OFF: Terminating resistor not used ON: Terminating resistor used
✽ Configure both No. 1 and No. 2 to the same setting.
76
SW4
No.
1
2
Specifications
Function Switch (SW4)
Indication
Function
Use in combination with the axis setting switch (ID) to set the axis number (Factory setting: OFF).
Set the RS-485 communication protocol (factory default setting: OFF).
◇RS-485 Communication Protocol Setting
Connection with a network converter
Modbus RTU Mode
OFF
ON
2
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Connection
No.
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Indication
HOME
START
M0
M1
M2
FREE
STOP
ALM-RST
Initial Value
Execute the return-to-home operation.
Execute the positioning operation.
Use 3 bits to select the operating data number.
Stop motor excitation and release the electromagnetic brake.
Stop the motorized actuator.
Reset current alarm.
Common Driver
Signal Name
IN0
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
CN8
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
✽You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters. Initial values are shown above. For details, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
The following input signals can be assigned to input terminals IN0 to IN7.
5: SSTART
6: +JOG
7: −JOG
8: MS0
9: MS1
10: MS2
11: MS3
12: MS4
13: MS5
16: FREE
17: C-ON
18: STOP
24: ALM-RST
25: P-PRESET
26: P-CLR
Input Signals
27: HMI
32: R0
33: R1
34: R2
35: R3
36: R4
37: R5
38: R6
39: R7
40: R8
41: R9
42: R10
43: R11
44: R12
45: R13
46: R14
47: R15
48: M0
49: M1
50: M2
Selection
Calculation
Note
Taking the continuous operation as example, the table (rod) movement for the FWD and RVS input signals are shown below.
· For the FWD input signal: The motor output shaft rotates in CW direction, and the table (rod) moves to the opposite side.
· For the RVS input signal: The motor output shaft rotates in CCW direction, and the table (rod) moves to the motor side.
For the side-mounted type, the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table (rod) moves to the opposite of the direction described above.
51: M3
52: M4
53: M5
Accessories
0: Not used
1: FWD
2: RVS
3: HOME
4: START
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
Indication
Signal Name
OUT0
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
HOME-P
END
AREA1
READY
WNG
ALM
Initial Value
Output when the motorized actuator is in the home position.
Output when the positioning operation is completed.
Output when the motorized actuator is within the range of area 1.
Output when the driver is ready for operation.
Outputs the warning status for the driver.
Outputs the alarm status for the driver (normal close).
Technical
Reference
CN9
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
✽You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters. Initial values are shown above. For details, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
The following output signals can be assigned to output terminals OUT0 to OUT5.
7: −JOG_R
8: MS0_R
9: MS1_R
10: MS2_R
11: MS3_R
12: MS4_R
13: MS5_R
0: Not used
1: FWD_R
2: RVS_R
3: HOME_R
4: START_R
5: SSTART_R
6: +JOG_R
16: FREE_R
17: C-ON_R
18: STOP_R
32: R0
33: R1
34: R2
35: R3
36: R4
37: R5
38: R6
39: R7
40: R8
41: R9
42: R10
Output Signals
43: R11
44: R12
45: R13
46: R14
47: R15
48: M0_R
49: M1_R
50: M2_R
51: M3_R
52: M4_R
53: M5_R
60: +LS_R
61: −LS_R
62: HOMES_R
63: SLIT_R
65: ALM
66: WNG
67: READY
68: MOVE
69: END
70: HOME-P
71: TLC
72: TIM
73: AREA1
74: AREA2
75: AREA3
80: S-BSY
82: MPS
Sensor Signal Connector (CN5)
Indication
CN5
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
Signal Name
+LS
−LS
HOMES
SLIT
IN-COM2
Initial Value
+Side Limit Sensor Input
−Side Limit Sensor Input
Mechanical Home Sensor Input
Slit Sensor Input
Common for Sensors
24 VDC Input/Regeneration Unit Thermal Input/Electromagnetic Brake Terminals (CN1)
Indication
24V+
24V−
I/O
TH1
Input
TH2
MB1
MB2
Output
Power
Terminal Name
24 VDC Power Input Terminal+
24 VDC Power Input Terminal−
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input
Terminal
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input
Terminal
Electromagnetic Brake Terminal−
Electromagnetic Brake Terminal+
Description
The power supply for the driver control circuit. Always connect when using.
Connect the accessory (sold separately) regeneration unit (RGB100).
When not connecting a regeneration unit, short these 2 terminals to each other.
For an electromagnetic brake actuator, connect the electromagnetic brake line here.
77
●Driver Part Names and Functions (Built-in controller type, DC power-supply input)
RS-485 Communication Connector (CN7)
RS-485 Communication Connector (CN6)
Function Switch (SW3)
[Driver Top]
Signal Monitor Indication
Signal Monitor Display
Unit Setting Switch (SW1)
Control Module Connector (CN3)
Baud Rate Setting Switch (SW2)
Battery Connector (CN4)
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
Motor Connector (CN2)
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Electromagnetic Brake Terminals (CN1)
Power Input Terminal (CN1)
Frame Ground Terminal (CN1)
Signal Monitor Display
◇LED Indicators
Indication
POWER
ALARM
C-DAT
C-ERR
Color
Green
Red
Green
Red
Function
Power supply indication
Alarm indication
Communication indication
Communication error indication
Lighting Condition
When power is applied
When a protective function is activated (blinking)
When communication data is being sent or received
When communication data is in error
Unit Setting Switch (SW1)
Indication
SW1
Function
Set this when you use RS-485 communication. Set the unit number (factory default setting: 0).
Baud Rate Setting Switch (SW2)
Indication
SW2
Function
Set this when you use RS-485 communication. Set the baud rate (factory default setting: 7).
◇RS-485 Baud Rate Setting
No.
0
1
2
3
4
5∼6
7
8∼F
78
Baud Rate (bps)
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
Not used
625000 (connection with a network converter)
Not used
Sensor Signal Connector (CN5)
SW3
No.
1
2
3
Function
Set the unit number (factory default setting: OFF) in combination with Unit Setting Switch SW1.
Set the RS-485 communication protocol (factory default setting: OFF).
Not used.
◇RS-485 Communication Protocol Setting
Connection
No.
Connection with a network converter
Modbus RTU Mode
OFF
ON
2
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Input Signal Connector (CN8)
Indication
Signal Name
IN0
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
HOME
START
M0
M1
M2
FREE
STOP
ALM-RST
Initial Value
Execute the return-to-home operation.
Execute the positioning operation.
Use 3 bits to select the operating data number.
Stop motor excitation and release the electromagnetic brake.
Stop the motorized actuator.
Reset current alarm.
Common Driver
CN8
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Set the RS-485 communication termination resistance (120 Ω) (factory default setting: OFF).
OFF: Terminating resistor not used
ON: Terminating resistor used
4
Specifications
Function Switch (SW3)
Indication
●You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters. Initial values are shown above. For details, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
Accessories
The following input signals can be assigned to input terminals IN0 to IN7.
Input Signals
18: STOP
24: ALM-RST
25: P-PRESET
26: P-CLR
27: HMI
32: R0
33: R1
34: R2
35: R3
8: MS0
9: MS1
10: MS2
11: MS3
12: MS4
13: MS5
16: FREE
17: C-ON
36: R4
37: R5
38: R6
39: R7
40: R8
41: R9
42: R10
43: R11
44: R12
45: R13
46: R14
47: R15
48: M0
49: M1
50: M2
51: M3
52: M4
53: M5
Selection
Calculation
0: Not used
1: FWD
2: RVS
3: HOME
4: START
5: SSTART
6: +JOG
7: −JOG
Technical
Reference
Note
Taking the continuous operation as example, the table (rod) movement for the FWD and RVS input signals are shown below.
· For the FWD input signal: The motor output shaft rotates in CW direction, and the table (rod) moves to the opposite side.
· For the RVS input signal: The motor output shaft rotates in CCW direction, and the table (rod) moves to the motor side.
For the side-mounted type, the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table (rod) moves to the opposite of the direction described above.
Output Signal Connector (CN9)
Indication
CN9
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Signal Name
OUT0
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
OUT5
HOME-P
END
AREA1
READY
WNG
ALM
Initial Value
Output when the motorized actuator is in the home position.
Output when the positioning operation is completed.
Output when the motorized actuator is within the range of area 1.
Output when the driver is ready for operation.
Outputs the warning status for the driver.
Outputs the alarm status for the driver (normal close).
●You can set functions to assign by specifying parameters. Initial values are shown above. For details, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
The following output signals can be assigned to output terminals OUT0 to OUT5.
0: Not used
1: FWD_R
2: RVS_R
3: HOME_R
4: START_R
5: SSTART_R
6: +JOG_R
7: −JOG_R
8: MS0_R
9: MS1_R
10: MS2_R
11: MS3_R
12: MS4_R
13: MS5_R
16: FREE_R
17: C-ON_R
18: STOP_R
32: R0
33: R1
34: R2
35: R3
36: R4
37: R5
38: R6
39: R7
40: R8
41: R9
Output Signals
42: R10
43: R11
44: R12
45: R13
46: R14
47: R15
48: M0_R
49: M1_R
50: M2_R
51: M3_R
52: M4_R
53: M5_R
60: +LS_R
61: −LS_R
62: HOMES_R
63: SLIT_R
65: ALM
66: WNG
67: READY
68: MOVE
69: END
70: HOME-P
71: TLC
72: TIM
73: AREA1
74: AREA2
75: AREA3
80: S-BSY
Sensor Signal Input (CN5)
Indication
CN5
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
Signal Name
+LS
−LS
HOMES
SLIT
IN-COM2
Initial Value
+Side Limit Sensor Input
−Side Limit Sensor Input
Mechanical Home Sensor Input
Slit Sensor Input
Common for Sensors
79
●Connection Diagram (For built-in controller type, AC power-supply input)
◇Connections with Peripheral Equipment
Regeneration Unit (RGB100)
Included with product.
Sold separately as accessories.
Driver
24 VDC Power Supply✽2
Always connect when using.
Motorized Actuators
Connect to CN1
Thermal Protector Output
(AWG22)×2
24 VDC
GND
PE✽3
Connect to CN2
Connect to Output Signals: CN9
Cable (Included)✽1
Connect to Input Signals: CN8
Regeneration Unit
(AWG18)×2
Controller✽2
Sensor Signal: Connect to CN5
Battery (BAT01B)
Control Module (OPX-2A)
or
Data setting software (MEXE02)
Power Supply✽2
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC 50/60 Hz
Single-Phase 200-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
Circuit Breaker
or Ground Fault Interrupter✽2
Noise Filter✽2
✽1 If including a connection cable, either a 1 m, 2 m, or 3 m cable is included. If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables, select appropriate cables from the accessories (sold separately).
Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter.
✽2 Not supplied.
✽3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator.
◇Connecting the Main Power Supply
Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines.
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC: Three-Core Cable [AWG16 to 14 (1.25 to 2.0 mm2)]
Single-Phase 200-240 VAC: Three-Core Cable [AWG16 to 14 (1.25 to 2.0 mm2)]
◇Connecting the Control Power Supply
Connector for CN3
Single-Phase 100-120 VAC
50/60 Hz
Single-Phase 200-240 VAC
50/60 Hz
Single-phase
Single-phase
100-120 VAC driver 200-240 VAC driver
Connected to
CN3 of driver.
◇Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake
Prepare a 24 VDC power supply.
24 VDC Power Supply
24 VDC Power Supply
Connector for CN1
24 VDC±5%
Connector for CN1
AWG28∼16
(0.08∼1.25 mm2)
+
−
24 VDC±5%✽
24 V+
24 V−
Connect to CN1
Cable (Included)
Motor Cable
Connect to CN2
Connect to CN2
Cable (Included)
Cable (Included)
Electromagnetic Brake Cable
Motor Cable
AWG28∼16
(0.08∼1.25 mm2)
+
−
Black
White
✽If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an
accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
80
24 V+
24 V−
MB1
MB2
◇Connections with Peripheral Equipment
Included with product.
Sold separately as accessories.
Control Module (OPX-2 A)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Connect to CN6
or CN7
or
Host System
Connect it to control with
RS-485 communication.
Driver
Specifications
●Connection Diagram (For built-in controller type, DC power-supply input)
Data setting software (MEXE02)
-KD
ARD
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Battery (BAT01B)
Connect to CN3
Connect to CN4
Output Signal: Connect to CN9
Common Driver
Input Signal: Connect to CN8
Controller
Sensor Signal: Connect to CN5
FG
Accessories
Connect to CN2
Cable (Included)
24 VDC
GND
Connect to CN1
PE
DC Power Supply
✽1 If including a connection cable, either a 1 m, 2 m, or 3 m cable is included. If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables, select appropriate cables from the accessories (sold separately).
Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter.
✽2 Not supplied.
✽3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator.
Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines.
AWG24 to 16 (0.2 to 1.25 mm2)
Motor
Cable
Technical
Reference
◇Connecting the Main Power Supply and the Electromagnetic Brake
Selection
Calculation
Noise Filter
AC Power Supply
Motorized Actuators
Connected to CN2
Cable (Included)
Electromagnetic
Brake Cable
Connect to CN1 Black
24 VDC Power Supply Cable (Included) White
✽
24 VDC 5%
FG
AWG28∼16
(0.08∼1.25 mm2)
Black
White
+
−
MB1
MB2
24 V+
24 V−
✽If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
For the electric current values required for the 24 VDC power supply, refer to "●DC Power Supply Input Driver" on page 74 under " ■Power Supply Input Specifications"; and the " ■Electromagnetic
Brake Specifications" on page 21 (for motorized slides) and on page 45 (for motorized cylinders).
81
●Connecting to the Host Controller (Common for the AC power supply input and DC power supply input of the built-in
controller type)
◇Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit
Controller
Driver
12∼24 VDC
R0
10 mA or less →
OUT0
R0
OUT1
R0
OUT2
R0
OUT3
R0
OUT4
R0
OUT5
CN9
Output Saturation
Voltage Maximum
3V
OUT-COM
0V
IN0
CN8
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
IN1
4.4 kΩ
IN2
4.4 kΩ
IN3
4.4 kΩ
IN4
4.4 kΩ
IN5
4.4 kΩ
IN6
4.4 kΩ
IN7
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
24 VDC
IN-COM1
0V
NPN Sensor
24 VDC
+LS
CN5
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
−LS
4.4 kΩ
HOMES
4.4 kΩ
SLIT
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
IN-COM2
0V
Note
●Use 24 VDC for the input signals.
●Use 24 VDC, 10 mA or less for the output signals. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect the external resistor R 0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
●The maximum saturation voltage for the output signals is 3 V.
●Provide a distance of 200 mm or longer between the signal lines and power lines (power supply lines, motor lines).
Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines.
●If noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
82
Controller
Specifications
◇Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Source Output Circuit
Driver
12∼24 VDC
R0
10 mA or less →
OUT0
OUT2
R0
OUT3
R0
OUT4
R0
OUT5
0V
Output Saturation
Voltage Maximum
3V
Common Driver
R0
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
OUT1
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
R0
CN9
OUT-COM
24 VDC
CN8
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
IN1
4.4 kΩ
IN2
4.4 kΩ
IN3
4.4 kΩ
IN4
4.4 kΩ
IN5
4.4 kΩ
IN6
4.4 kΩ
IN7
IN-COM1
4.4 kΩ
Accessories
IN0
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
Selection
Calculation
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
Technical
Reference
1 kΩ
0V
PNP Sensor
24 VDC
+LS
CN5
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
−LS
4.4 kΩ
HOMES
4.4 kΩ
SLIT
4.4 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
IN-COM2
0V
Note
●Use 24 VDC for the input signals.
●Use 24 VDC, 10 mA or less for the output signals. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect the external resistor R 0 to reduce the current to 10 mA or less.
●The maximum saturation voltage for the output signals is 3 V.
●Provide a distance of 200 mm or longer between the signal lines and power lines (power supply lines, motor lines).
Do not run the signal lines in the same piping as power lines or bundle them with power lines.
●If noise generated by the motor cable or power supply cable causes a problem with the specific wiring or layout, shield the cable or use ferrite cores.
83
■Connection and Operation (Pulse input type)
●Driver Part Names and Functions (Pulse input type, AC power-supply input)
Signal Monitor Display
24 VDC Input (CN1)
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input (CN1)
Electromagnetic Brake Terminals (CN1)
Current Setting Switch
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
Function Switch/Setting Switch
Motor Connector (CN2)
Control Module Connector (CN4)
Signal Monitor Indication
Regeneration Unit Connection Terminals (CN3)
I/O Signals Connector (CN5)
Main Power Input Terminal (CN3)
Protective Earth Terminal
Signal Monitor Display
◇LED Indicators
Indication
Color
POWER
Green
ALARM
CHARGE
Red
Red
Function
Lighting Condition
When the main power supply or 24 VDC power supply is
Power supply indication
input
Alarm indication
When a protective function is activated (blinking)
Power supply indication When the main power supply is input
◇Alarm Contents
Blink
Count
Function
Overheat Protection
Overload
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
Overspeed
Command Pulse Error
Regeneration Unit Overheat
Overvoltage Protection
Main Power Supply Error
Undervoltage
Overflow during
All Windings On
Overflow during
All Windings Off
Overcurrent Protection
Power-Supply Circuit Error
Operating Data Error
Electronic Gear Setting Error
Sensor Error during Operation
Sensor Error during Initialization
Initial Rotor Revolution Error
Motor Combination Error
EEPROM Error
Operating Condition
When the temperature inside the driver exceeds 85˚C
When the accumulated value for the time that the load torque exceeds the maximum torque exceeds the overload detection time
(Initial Value: 5 sec.)
When the motor output shaft speed exceeds 4500 r/min
When an error has occurred for the command pulse value
When the signal thermal protector for the regeneration unit has been activated
When the primary voltage of the driver's inverter exceeds the upper limit value
When the main power supply has been cut off while operation commands are being input to the driver
When the primary voltage of the driver's inverter has fallen below the lower limit
When the positioning deviation has exceeded the overflow rotation amount (Initial value: 3 rotations)
When all winding on was performed even though the positioning deviation during all windings off was above the permissible value
(Initial Value: 100 rotations or more)
An excessive current has flowed through the inverter power component inside the driver
When the power line of a motorized actuator is disconnected
When a return-to-electrical home operation was performed when an operating data error warning occurred
When the resolution set by the electronic gear is outside the range of the specifications
When an abnormality has occurred in a sensor while the motorized actuator is rotating
When the main power supply was turned on before the motor cable was connected to the driver
When the main power supply was turned on while the motorized actuator was operating
A motor that cannot be combined with the other components was connected
When a control parameter has failed.
Current Setting Switch
Indication
CURRENT
Switch Name
Current Setting Switch
Function
Sets the current value during operation. Used to limit the torque or temperature rise.
The current value is set with a ratio (%) relative to the rated output current value.
Factory Setting: F
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
Indication
Switch Name
Function
Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
At 0
Motor
Speed
V-FIL
Adjust the responsiveness of the motorized actuator.
Adjust to suppress the vibration of the motorized actuator or to make
starting and stopping smoother.
The minimum value of the velocity filter is "0" and the maximum value is
"F".
Factory Setting: 1
Set to F
Time
84
Switch Name
DO/D1
CS0/CS1
Minimum Traveling Amount [mm] =
Lead [mm]
1000×(Electronic gear B / Electronic gear A1)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Resolution
Select Switch
Function
The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed reduction mechanism. A desired setting
can be made between 100∼10000 [P/R].
Sets the resolution per one rotation of the motor output shaft.
"4: OFF" "3: OFF" → 1000 pulses [Factory setting]
"4: OFF" "3: ON" → 10000 pulses
"4: ON" "3: OFF" → 500 pulses
"4: ON" "3: ON" → 5000 pulses
The minimum traveling amount of the motorized actuator whose resolution change has been reflected is calculated below.
Specifications
Function Switch/Setting Switch
Indication
●For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
Control Mode
Select Switch
2P/1P
Pulse Input Mode
Select Switch
Switches the control mode from normal mode to current control mode. When set to current control mode, the synchronization of the
motor is lost, but the noise and vibration is reduced.
"NORM": Normal mode [Factory setting]
"CCM": Current control mode
Switches the pulse input mode between 1-pulse input mode and 2-pulse input mode.
"2P": 2-pulse input mode [Factory setting]
"1P": 1-pulse input mode
I/O
Input
Description
To separate the main power supply and control power supply, connect the power supplies here. The control power supply is
not mandatory. When using an electromagnetic brake actuator, connect it as the power supply for the electromagnetic brake.
Connect the accessory (sold separately) regeneration unit (RGB100).
When not connecting a regeneration unit, short these 2 terminals to each other.
Accessories
Output
Power
Terminal Name
24 VDC Power Input Terminal+
24 VDC Power Input Terminal−
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal
Regeneration Unit Thermal Input Terminal
Electromagnetic Brake Terminal−
Electromagnetic Brake Terminal+
For an electromagnetic brake actuator, connect the electromagnetic brake line here.
I/O Signals Connector (CN5, 36 pins)
Indication
CN5
Input
Code
−
GND
ASG+
ASG−
BSG+
BSG−
TIM1+
TIM1−
ALM+
ALM−
WNG+
WNG−
END+
END−
READY+/AL0+✽1
READY−/AL0−✽1
TLC+/AL1+✽1
TLC−/AL1−✽1
TIM2+/AL2+✽1
TIM2−/AL2−✽1
GND
IN-COM
C-ON ✽2
CLR/ALM-RST
CCM
CS
−
RETURN
P-RESET
FREE
CW+/PLS+
CW−/PLS−
CW+24/PLS+24V
CCW+24/DIR+24V
CCW+/DIR+
CCW−/DIR−
Signal Name
−
Ground Connection
A-Phase Pulse Output Signal (Line driver)
B-Phase Pulse Output Signal (Line driver)
Timing Output (Line driver)
Technical
Reference
Output
Power
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Selection
Calculation
I/O
−
Common Driver
24 VDC Input/Regeneration Unit Thermal Input/Electromagnetic Brake Terminals (CN1)
Indication
24V+
24V−
TH1
TH2
MB1
MB2
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
NORM/
CCM
Alarm Output
Warning Output
Positioning Completion Output
Operation Ready Output/Alarm Code Output 0 ✽1
Torque Limiting Output/Alarm Code Output 1✽1
Timing Output (Open collector)/Alarm Code Output 2 ✽1
Ground Connection
Common for Input Signals
All Windings On Input ✽2
Deviation Counter Clear Input/Alarm Reset Input
Current Control Mode On Input
Resolution Select Input
−
Return-To-Electrical Home Operation
Position Reset Input
Excitation Off and Electromagnetic Brake Release
CW Pulse Input/Pulse Input (+5 V/line driver)
CW Pulse Input/Pulse Input (+24 V)
CCW Pulse Input/Rotation Direction Input (+24 V)
CCW Pulse Input/Rotation Direction Input (+5 V/line driver)
✽1 Enabled when the settings are changed with the separately-sold control module (OPX-2A) or data setting software (MEXE02).
✽2 The initial value for the all windings on input is normally open contact. When operating the motor, be sure to turn the all windings on input ON. When the all windings on input is not used, set the
input logic to normally close contact in the separately-sold control module (OPX-2A) or data setting software (MEXE02).
Note
The table (rod) moves as follows when receiving CW pulse and CCW pulse of driver input signal:
· At CW pulse input: The table (rod) moves to the opposite side.
· At CCW pulse input: The table (rod) moves to the motor side.
For the side-mounted type, the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table (rod)
moves to the opposite of the direction described above.
CCW Pulse Input
Traveling Direction
CW Pulse Input
Traveling Direction
For motorized linear slides
85
●Driver Part Names and Functions (Pulse input type, DC power-supply input)
Current Setting Switch
Signal Monitor Indication
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
Control Module Connector (CN4)
Function Switch/Setting Switch (SW1)
Motor Connector (CN2)
I/O Signal Connector (CN5)
Main Power Input Terminal (CN1)
Frame Ground Terminal (CN1)
Signal Monitor Display
◇LED Indicators
Indication
POWER
ALARM
Color
Green
Red
Function
Power supply indication
Alarm indication
Lighting Condition
When the main power supply is input
When a protective function is activated (blinking)
◇Alarm Contents
Blink Count
2
3
4
7
8
9
Function
Overheat Protection
Operating Condition
When the temperature inside the driver exceeds 85˚C
Overload
When the accumulated value for the time that the load torque exceeds the maximum torque exceeds the overload
detection time (Initial Value: 5 sec.)
Overspeed
Command Pulse Error
Overvoltage Protection
Undervoltage
When the motor output shaft speed exceeds 4500 r/min
When an error has occurred for the command pulse value
When the primary voltage of the driver's inverter exceeds the upper limit value
When the primary voltage of the driver's inverter has fallen below the lower limit
Overflow during
All Windings On
When the positioning deviation has exceeded the overflow rotation amount (Initial value: 3 rotations)
Overflow during
All Windings Off
When all winding on was performed even though the positioning deviation during all windings off was above the
permissible value (Default Value: 100 rotations or more)
Operating Data Error
Electronic Gear Setting Error
Sensor Error during Operation
Sensor Error during Initialization
Initial Rotor Revolution Error
Motor Combination Error
EEPROM Error
When a return-to-electrical home operation was performed when an operating data error warning occurred
When the resolution set by the electronic gear is outside the range of the specifications
When an abnormality has occurred in a sensor while the motorized actuator is rotating
When the main power supply was turned on before the motor cable was connected to the driver
When the main power supply was turned on while the motorized actuator was operating
A motor that cannot be combined with the other components was connected
When a control parameter has failed.
Current Setting Switch
Indication
CURRENT
Switch Name
Current Setting Switch
Function
Sets the current value during operation. Used to limit the torque or temperature rise.
The current value is set with a ratio (%) relative to the rated output current value.
Factory Setting: F
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
Indication
Switch Name
Function
Difference in Characteristics Due to Velocity Filter
Velocity Filter Setting Switch
At 0
Motor
Speed
V-FIL
Adjust the responsiveness of the motorized actuator.
Adjust to suppress the vibration of the motorized
actuator or to make starting and stopping smoother.
The minimum value of the velocity filter is "0" and the
maximum value is "F".
Factory Setting: 1
Set to F
Time
86
Switch Name
4
3
Minimum Traveling Amount [mm] =
Lead [mm]
1000×(Electronic gear B / Electronic gear A1)
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Resolution
Select Switch
"D0/D1"
"CS0/CS1"
Function
The motor resolution can be changed by the driver without the mechanically operated speed reduction
mechanism. A desired setting can be made between 100∼10000 [P/R].
Sets the resolution per one rotation of the motor output shaft.
"4: OFF" "3: OFF" → 1000 pulses [Factory setting]
"4: OFF" "3: ON" → 10000 pulses
"4: ON" "3: OFF" → 500 pulses
"4: ON" "3: ON" → 5000 pulses
The minimum traveling amount of the motorized actuator whose resolution change has been reflected is
calculated below.
Specifications
Function Switch/Setting Switch (SW1)
Indication
●For a detailed explanation of the electronic gear, refer to the AR Series User's Manual.
1
Pulse Input Mode
Select Switch
"2P/1P"
Switches the control mode from normal mode to current control mode. When set to current control mode, the
synchronization of the motor is lost, but the noise and vibration is reduced.
"OFF": Normal mode [Factory setting]
"ON": Current control mode
Switches the pulse input mode between 1-pulse input mode and 2-pulse input mode.
"OFF": 2-pulse input mode [Factory setting]
"ON": 1-pulse input mode
Common Driver
Control Mode
Select Switch
"NORM/CCM"
I/O Signals Connector (CN5, 36 pins)
Indication
I/O
−
Ground Connection
A-Phase Pulse Output Signal (Line driver)
B-Phase Pulse Output Signal (Line driver)
Timing Output (Line driver)
Alarm Output
Warning Output
Positioning Completion Output
Operation Ready Output/Alarm Code Output 0 ✽1
Technical
Reference
Input
Signal Name
−
Selection
Calculation
CN5
Code
−
GND
ASG+
ASG−
BSG+
BSG−
TIM1+
TIM1−
ALM+
ALM−
WNG+
WNG−
END+
END−
READY+/AL0+✽1
READY−/AL0−✽1
TLC+/AL1+✽1
TLC−/AL1−✽1
TIM2+/AL2+✽1
TIM2−/AL2−✽1
GND
IN−COM
C−ON ✽2
CLR/ALM−RST
CCM
CS
−
RETURN
P−RESET
FREE
CW+/PLS+
CW−/PLS−
CW+24/PLS+24V
CCW+24/DIR+24V
CCW+/DIR+
CCW−/DIR−
Accessories
Output
Power
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
2
Torque Limiting Output/Alarm Code Output 1✽1
Timing Output (Open collector)/Alarm Code Output 2 ✽1
Ground Connection
Common for Input Signals
All Windings On Input ✽2
Deviation Counter Clear Input/Alarm Reset Input
Current Control Mode On Input
Resolution Select Input
−
Return-To-Electrical Home Operation
Position Reset Input
Excitation Off
CW Pulse Input/Pulse Input (+5 V/line driver)
CW Pulse Input/Pulse Input (+24 V)
CCW Pulse Input/Rotation Direction Input (+24 V)
CCW Pulse Input/Rotation Direction Input (+5 V/line driver)
✽1 Enabled when the settings are changed with the separately-sold control module (OPX-2A) or data setting software (MEXE02).
✽2 The initial value for the all windings on input is normally open contact. When operating the motor, be sure to turn the all windings on input ON. When the all windings on input is not used, set the
input logic to normally close contact in the separately-sold control module (OPX-2A) or data setting software (MEXE02).
Note
The table (rod) moves as follows when receiving CW pulse and CCW pulse of driver input signal:
· At CW pulse input: The table (rod) moves to the opposite side.
· At CCW pulse input: The table (rod) moves to the motor side.
For the side-mounted type, the motor installation direction is reverse and thus the table (rod)
moves to the opposite of the direction described above.
CCW Pulse Input
Traveling Direction
CW Pulse Input
Traveling Direction
For motorized linear slides
87
●Connection Diagram (For pulse input type, AC power supply input)
◇Connections with Peripheral Equipment
24 VDC Power Supply✽3
(This is required for electromagnetic brake motors.
Not supplied.)
Driver
Included with product.
Sold separately as accessories.
24 VDC
GND
Control Module (OPX-2 A)
or
Motorized Actuators
Connect to CN1
Data setting software (MEXE02)
PE✽4
Connect to CN2
Connect to CN4
Cable (Included)✽1
Connect to CN5✽2
General-Purpose Cable or
Connector-Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
✽1
✽2
✽3
✽4
Controller✽3
Power Supply✽3
Noise Filter✽3
Circuit Breaker
Single-Phase100-115 VAC or Ground Fault
50/60 Hz
Interrupter✽3
Single-Phase200-230 VAC
50/60 Hz
Three-Phase200-230 VAC
50/60 Hz
If including a connection cable, either a 1 m, 2 m ,or 3 m cable is included. If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables, select appropriate cables from the accessories (sold separately).
Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter.
The control I/O connector (CN5) is included with the product, but you can also purchase an accessory general-purpose cable or connector – terminal block conversion unit (sold separately). Choose
one or the other.
Not supplied.
Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator.
◇Connecting the Main Power Supply
Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines.
Single-Phase 100-115 VAC: Three-Core Cable [AWG16 to 14 (1.25 to 2.0 mm2)]
Single-Phase 200-230 VAC: Three-Core Cable [AWG16 to 14 (1.25 to 2.0 mm2)]
Three-Phase 200-230 VAC: 4-core Cable [AWG16 to 14 (1.25 to 2.0 mm2)]
●Single-Phase 100-115 VAC/Single-Phase 200-230 VAC
Connector for CN3
Single-Phase100-115
VAC 50/60 Hz
Single-Phase200-230
VAC 50/60 Hz
Single-phase
Single-phase
100-115 VAC driver 200-230 VAC driver
●Three-Phase 200-230 VAC
Connector for CN3
Three-Phase200-230 VAC
50/60 Hz
Connected to
CN3 of driver.
R
S
T
Connected to
CN3 of driver.
◇Connecting the Control Power Supply
◇Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake
To separate the main power supply and control power supply, prepare a 24 VDC
power supply.
The control power supply is not mandatory.
Prepare a 24 VDC power supply.
The main power supply and control power supply are separated in this case too.
24 VDC Power Supply
Connector for CN1
24 VDC Power Supply
AWG28∼16
(0.08∼1.25 mm2)
+
−
24 VDC±5%
24 V+
24 V−
Connected to CN1
Cable (Included)
Connected to CN2
Connected to CN2
Cable (Included)
Motor Cable
Connector for CN1
24 VDC±5%✽
AWG28∼16
(0.08∼1.25 mm2)
+
−
Black
White
Cable (Included)
Electromagnetic Brake Cable
Motor Cable
✽If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an
accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
88
24 V+
24 V−
MB1
MB2
◇Connections with Peripheral Equipment
Included with product.
Driver
Sold separately as accessories.
Control Module (OPX-2A)
Data setting software (MEXE02)
or
-K
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
ARD
Connect to CN4
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Connect to CN5✽2
General-Purpose Cable or
Connector - Terminal Block Conversion Units
DC24
Controller
(Not supplied.)
Common Driver
FG
Connect to CN2
Cable (Included)✽1
GND
DC Power
Supply
Motorized Actuators
PE✽3
◇Connecting the Electromagnetic Brake
Furnish the following cable for the power supply lines.
AWG24 to 16 (0.2 to 1.25 mm2)
Prepare a power supply of 24 VDC.
White
Connector for CN1
+DC24
Connect to CN1
Electromagnetic Brake Cable
(Included)
Electromagnetic Brake Cable
Black
Switch
DC Power Supply
24 VDC 5%✽
Surge
Suppressor
(Included)
Technical
Reference
◇Connecting the Main Power Supply
Selection
Calculation
✽1 If including a connection cable, either a 1 m, 2 m ,or 3 m cable is included. If you need cables longer than 3 m or flexible cables, select appropriate cables from the accessories (sold separately).
Keep the wiring distance between the motorized actuator and driver to 30 m or shorter.
✽2 The control I/O connector (CN5) is included with the product, but you can also purchase an accessory general-purpose cable or connector terminal block conversion unit (sold separately). Choose
one or the other.
✽3 Ground to the PE terminal of the motor or at the plate used to install the motorized actuator.
Accessories
Noise Filter
(Not supplied)
AC Power
Supply
Specifications
●Connection Diagram (For pulse input type, DC power supply input)
GND
Motor Cable
FG
Connected to CN2
✽If the wiring distance between the motor and driver is extended to 20 m or longer using an
accessory cable (sold separately), the 24 VDC±4% specification applies.
Note
●Appying a voltage above the specification causes damage to the motor.
●To protect the switch contacts and prevent noise, always connect a surge suppressor.
(Equipped on products with electromagnetic brake.)
89
●Connecting to the Host Controller (Common for the AC power supply input and DC power supply input of the pulse
input type)
◇Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Sink Output Circuit
When the Pulse Input is the Line Driver
When the Pulse Input is 5 V
Controller
Driver
33
31
32
34
35
36
Controller
5 VDC
2.7 kΩ
Driver
33
31
32
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
34
200 Ω
35
36
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
0V
0V
5∼24 VDC
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
Controller
24 VDC
3 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
R0
R0
R0
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
90
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
0V
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
0V
0V
35
36
10 kΩ
9
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
21
1
34
3 kΩ
0V
R0
33
31
32
10 kΩ
30 VDC max.
R0
Driver
10 kΩ
30
R0 10 mA or less →
When the Pulse Input is 24 V
26C31 or Equivalent
NC
0V
Note
●Use output signals 30 VDC or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect the
external resistor R 0.
●Connect a terminating resistor of 100 Ω or more between the line receiver inputs.
●For the control I/O signal lines (CN5), use a multi-core shielded twisted-pair wire [AWG28
to24 (0.08 to 0.2 mm2)] and keep the wiring length as short as possible (no longer than 2 m).
●Note that as the length of the pulse line increases, the maximum transmission frequency
decreases.
●Provide a distance of 200 mm or more between the control I/O signal lines and power lines
(power supply lines, motor lines and other large-current circuits).
When the Pulse Input is the Line Driver
When the Pulse Input is 5 V
Controller
Driver
34
35
36
5 VDC
2.7 kΩ
Driver
33
31
32
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
34
200 Ω
35
36
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
0V
0V
5∼24 VDC
24
25
27
28
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
34
3 kΩ
R0
11
12
R0
13
14
R0
15
16
R0
17
18
R0
19
20
35
36
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
3 kΩ
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
2.7 kΩ
200 Ω
10 kΩ
0V
Note
●Use output signals 30 VDC or less. When the current value exceeds 10 mA, connect the
external resistor R 0.
●Connect a terminating resistor of 100 Ω or more between the line receiver inputs.
●For the control I/O signal lines (CN5), use a multi-core shielded twisted-pair wire [AWG28 to
24 (0.08 to 0.2 mm2)] and keep the wiring length as short as possible (no longer than 2 m).
●Note that as the length of the pulse line increases, the maximum transmission frequency
decreases.
●Provide a distance of 200 mm or more between the control I/O signal lines and power lines
(power supply lines, motor lines and other large-current circuits).
Technical
Reference
9
10
33
31
32
10 kΩ
Selection
Calculation
10 mA max. →
R0
Driver
24 VDC
3 kΩ
30
30 VDC max.
Controller
3 kΩ
Accessories
29
When the Pulse Input is 24 V
10 kΩ
Common Driver
26
3 kΩ
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
22
23
0V
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
33
31
32
Controller
Specifications
◇Connection Diagram for Connection with Current Source Output Circuit
0V
0V
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
21
1
26C31 or Equivalent
NC
0V
91
Accessories (Sold separately)
Control Module
This enables you to perform operations such as setting the driver's internal
parameters and setting or changing the data.
It can also be used for operations such as speed and I/O monitoring, and
teaching.
(Enlarged view)
■Dimensions
■Product Line
(Unit mm)
●Control Module
●Panel Cut-Out
Mass: 0.25 kg
(Installation plate thickness 1∼3 mm)
Product Name
OPX-2A
68
+0.7
0
91.8
21.5
96
6.1
+0.8
0
Cable ϕ4.7 5000 mm
38
ϕ11.2
72
67.8
92
Data Setting Software Communication Cable
This communication cable is required for connecting with the computer on which the data setting software is installed.
■Product Line
◇Operating System (OS)
For the following operating systems, the 32 bit (x86) editions and 64 bit (x64)
editions are supported.
Product Name
CC05IF-USB
■Computer and Driver Connection
Data Setting Software
MEXE02
USB Cable 0.5 m
● Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 3 ✽
● Microsoft Windows Vista Service Pack 2
● Microsoft Windows 7 Service Pack 1
● Microsoft Windows 8
● Microsoft Windows 8.1
✽For the 64-bit (x64) version, Service Pack 2 is used.
◇PC
Recommended CPU ✽1 Intel Core processor 2 GHz or faster (OS must be supported)
Computer (Not supplied.)
Connect to the Control Module Connector
Driver
PC Interface Cable 5 m
Note
●To connect to a computer, you must install a dedicated driver.
●Data Setting Software MEXE02
Data Setting Software can be downloaded from the Oriental Motor website.
CD-ROMs are also available.
Visit our website, or contact the nearest Oriental Motor sales office.
http://www.orientalmotor.eu
92
Display
Video adapter and monitor with a minimum resolution of XGA
(1024 × 768)
Recommended
Memory✽1
32 bit (x86) edition: 1 GB or more
64 bit (x64) edition: 2 GB or more
Hard Disk✽2
USB Port
Disk Device
Free disk space of at least 30 MB
One USB1.1 port
CD-ROM drive (for installation)
✽1 The system requirements for the OS must be met.
✽2 MEXE02 requires Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile. If it is not installed, it will
be installed automatically. The following additional free space may be required.
32 bit (x86) edition: 600 MB
64 bit (x64) edition: 1.5 GB or more
●Windows and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and other countries.
Note
●Depending on your system environment, the required memory and hard disk may vary.
■System Configuration
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
The EAS Series and the EAC Series are available with a cable (1 m, 2 m or 3 m) for connecting the motorized actuator and the driver, and also without a cable.
When the distance between the motorized actuator and the driver is extended to 3 m or longer, a connection cable set or an extension cable set must be used.
Use a flexible connection cable set or flexible extension cable set if the cable will be bent repeatedly.
Specifications
Connection Cable Sets, Flexible Connection Cable Sets
Extension Cable Sets, Flexible Extension Cable Sets
●When Connecting the Motorized Actuator and the Driver without Using an Included Cable
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Use a connection cable set.
Use a flexible connection cable set if the cable will be bent.
Common Driver
Connection Cable Sets
Flexible Connection Cable Sets
For Electromagnetic Brake✽
For Motor
Driver
●When Extending the Distance between the Motorized Actuator and the Driver Using an Included Cable
Use an extension cable set and connect it to the included cable.
Use a flexible extension cable set if the cable will be bent.
Selection
Calculation
Extension Cable Sets
Flexible Extension Cable Sets
For Electromagnetic Brake✽
For Electromagnetic Brake✽ (Included)
For Motor
For Motor (Included)
Technical
Reference
Motorized Actuators
Accessories
Motorized Actuators
Driver
✽Cables for electromagnetic brake to be used with the electromagnetic brake type.
Note
●Keep the overall cable length within 30 m when using an extension cable set or a flexible extension cable set to connect with a cable included in the EAS Series and the EAC Series.
93
Connection Cable Sets and Flexible Connection Cable Sets
■Product Line
●Connection Cable Sets
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Not Using
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Product Name
CC050VA2F2
CC070VA2F2
CC100VA2F2
CC150VA2F2
CC200VA2F2
CC300VA2F2
◇AC Power-Supply Input, Not Using
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Length L (m)
5
7
10
15
20
30
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Product Name
CC050VAF
CC070VAF
CC100VAF
CC150VAF
CC200VAF
CC300VAF
◇AC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Cables for Motor
Product Name
CC050VA2FB2
CC070VA2FB2
CC100VA2FB2
CC150VA2FB2
CC200VA2FB2
CC300VA2FB2
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m)
5
7
10
15
20
30
Length L (m)
5
7
10
15
20
30
Product Name
CC050VAFB
CC070VAFB
CC100VAFB
CC150VAFB
CC200VAFB
CC300VAFB
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m)
5
7
10
15
20
30
●Flexible Connection Cable Sets
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Not Using
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Product Name
CC010VA2R2
CC020VA2R2
CC030VA2R2
CC050VA2R2
CC070VA2R2
CC100VA2R2
CC150VA2R2
CC200VA2R2
CC300VA2R2
◇AC Power-Supply Input,
Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
30
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Product Name
CC010VAR
CC020VAR
CC030VAR
CC050VAR
CC070VAR
CC100VAR
CC150VAR
CC200VAR
CC300VAR
◇AC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Cables for Motor
Product Name
CC010VA2RB2
CC020VA2RB2
CC030VA2RB2
CC050VA2RB2
CC070VA2RB2
CC100VA2RB2
CC150VA2RB2
CC200VA2RB2
CC300VA2RB2
94
Cable for Electromagnetic
Brake
Length L(m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
30
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
30
Product Name
CC010VARB
CC020VARB
CC030VARB
CC050VARB
CC070VARB
CC100VARB
CC150VARB
CC200VARB
CC300VARB
Cable for Electromagnetic
Brake
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
30
■Product Line
●Extension Cable Sets
Cables for Motor
Cables for Motor
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Product Name
CC010VAFT
CC020VAFT
CC030VAFT
CC050VAFT
CC070VAFT
CC100VAFT
CC150VAFT
CC200VAFT
◇AC Power-Supply Input,
Used with an Electromagnetic Brake
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
●Flexible Extension Cable Sets
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Not Using
an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Product Name
CC010VA2R2
CC020VA2R2
CC030VA2R2
CC050VA2R2
CC070VA2R2
CC100VA2R2
CC150VA2R2
CC200VA2R2
◇AC Power-Supply Input,
Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Used with
an Electromagnetic Brake
Product Name
CC010VART
CC020VART
CC030VART
CC050VART
CC070VART
CC100VART
CC150VART
CC200VART
Product Name
CC010VA2RBT2
CC020VA2RBT2
CC030VA2RBT2
CC050VA2RBT2
CC070VA2RBT2
CC100VA2RBT2
CC150VA2RBT2
CC200VA2RBT2
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
◇AC Power-Supply Input,
Used with an Electromagnetic Brake
Cables for Motor
Cables for Motor
Technical
Reference
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
Product Name
CC010VAFBT
CC020VAFBT
CC030VAFBT
CC050VAFBT
CC070VAFBT
CC100VAFBT
CC150VAFBT
CC200VAFBT
Selection
Calculation
Product Name
CC010VA2FBT2
CC020VA2FBT2
CC030VA2FBT2
CC050VA2FBT2
CC070VA2FBT2
CC100VA2FBT2
CC150VA2FBT2
CC200VA2FBT2
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Accessories
Cables for Motor
Cables for Motor
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
Common Driver
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Product Name
CC010VA2F2
CC020VA2F2
CC030VA2F2
CC050VA2F2
CC070VA2F2
CC100VA2F2
CC150VA2F2
CC200VA2F2
◇AC Power-Supply Input,
Not Using an Electromagnetic Brake
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
◇DC Power-Supply Input, Not Using
an Electromagnetic Brake
Specifications
Extension Cable Sets and Flexible Extension Cable Sets
Product Name
CC010VARBT
CC020VARBT
CC030VARBT
CC050VARBT
CC070VARBT
CC100VARBT
CC150VARBT
CC200VARBT
Cable for Electromagnetic Brake
Length L (m)
1
2
3
5
7
10
15
20
95
(Unit mm)
●Connection Cable
●Extension Cable
◇Cables for DC Power Supply Input Motor
Motor Side
◇Cables for DC Power Supply Input Motor
Driver Side
16.9
14
8.3
10.9
L
Motor Side
15.9
ϕ8
7.9
16.9
◇Cables for AC Power Supply Input Motor
Motor Side
Driver Side
Driver Side
75
75
19.6
L
Driver Side
11.6
14.5
17.6
19.6
◇Cables for DC Power Supply Input for Electromagnetic
Brake
ϕ4.1
(Flexible extension cable is ϕ6)
Motor Side
10.3
8.8
8.8
ϕ8
23.9
12
20.6
L
Motor Side
43020-0200
(MOLEX)
22.2
34.5
11.6
14.5
◇Cables for DC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake
10.3
5557-10R-210
(MOLEX)
37.5
30
24.3
22.2
37.5
30
24.3
ϕ8
23.9
Connector Cover
5559-10P-210
(MOLEX)
5557-10R-210
(MOLEX)
Connector Cover
12
20.6
8.3
10.9
14
L
◇Cables for AC Power Supply Input Motor
5559-10P-210
(MOLEX)
43025-1000(MOLEX)
22.3
16.5
ϕ8
7.9
Driver Side
43020-1000(MOLEX)
15.9
22.3
16.5
43020-1000 (MOLEX) 43025-1000 (MOLEX)
Motor Side
Driver Side
43020-0200 ϕ4.1
(MOLEX)
(Flexible extension cable is ϕ6)
43025-0200
(MOLEX)
80±10
16.9
L
16.9
14
5.3
10.9
■Dimensions
L
◇Cables for AC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake
Driver Side
◇Cables for AC Power Supply Input Electromagnetic Brake
Motor Side
76
5559-02P-210
(MOLEX)
Stick Terminal: AI0.5-8WH
(Phoenix Contact)
ϕ4.1 (Flexible extension cable is ϕ6)
24
Connector Cover
80±10
L
11.8
19
13.5
5557-02R-210
(MOLEX)
ϕ4.1
(Flexible extension cable is ϕ6)
21.5
21.5
11.8
5559-02P-210
(MOLEX)
18.5
13.5
Driver Side
76
19
24
Connector Cover Connector Cover 19.6
L
5.4
16
■Notes on Use of Flexible Cable
① Do not allow the cable to bend at the cable connector.
② For the bending radius, use at least 6 times of the cable diameter.
6T
im
es
mi
n.
of
Ca
ble
Dia
me
ter
③ The cable from the motorized actuator and the included cable are not for bending. If the motor cable is to be bent, bend it at the flexible cable.
●Flexible Connection Cable
●Flexible Extension Cable
Driver
Driver
Motor Cable
(Fix the cable)
Flexible Connection Cable (Bending)
96
Motor Cable
(Fix the cable)
Flexible Extension Cable (Bending)
14.5
Motor Side
General-Purpose Cables
Connector – Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
Note
●Note that as the length of the pulse line between the driver and controller increases, the
maximum transmission frequency decreases.
●Install a connector that matches the controller you are using to the other end of the cable.
■Product Line
Product Name
CC36D1E
CC36D2E
CC36D1AE
CC36D2AE
Product Name
Applicable
Length m
CC36T10E
Pulse Input Type
For CN5 (36 pins)
1
■Dimensions
Accessories
■Dimensions
Pulse Input Type
For CN5 (36 pins)
(Unit mm)
CC36T10E
(Unit mm)
CC36D1E, CC36D2E
Conductor: AWG28 (0.08 mm2)
1.27
ϕ7.5
43.46
26
14
10±3
Shield
+30
0
300
18
L
DIN Rail
36
Terminal Block Pin No.
Conductor: AWG28 (0.08 mm2)
Driver Side
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L
Shield
10±3
10±3
Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4)
52316-3619 (MOLEX)
52316-3619 (MOLEX)
54331-1361 (MOLEX)
54331-1361 (MOLEX)
300 +30
0
1.27
+30
300 0
Insulated Round
Crimp Terminal
(1.25-4)
0
30−10
Laminate
10±3
43.46
+30
300 0
ϕ7.5
42
11.5
39.8
54
Controller Side
CC36D1AE, CC36D2AE
10336-3540-010
(SUMITOMO 3M)
3
81
Technical
Reference
Driver Side
1.27 7.62
6.35
Laminate
10±3
0
30−10
10136-6000EL
(SUMITOMO 3M)
ϕ7.5
12.7
Selection
Calculation
Insulated Round Crimp Terminal (1.25-4)
52316-3619 (MOLEX)
54331-1361 (MOLEX)
10±3
300+30
0
2×ϕ4.5 Installation Hole
2×ϕ8 Counterbore×3.5 Deep
61
162
120
43.46
Right Angle
Length L (m)
1
2
1
2
40
Straight
Applicable
Controller Side
Shield
12.7
18
+30
0
300
1000
12.7
+80
0
●Applicable Crimp Terminals
· Terminal Screw Size: M3
· Tightening Torque: 1.2 N·m
· Applicable minimum lead wire: AWG22 (0.3 mm2)
Note
●Round terminals cannot be used.
18
6.2 mm or less
Type
Common Driver
■Product Line
CC36T10E
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
A conversion unit that connects a driver
to a programmable controller using a
terminal block.
●Includes a signal name plate for easy,
one-glance identification of driver signal
names
●DIN-rail Installable
●Cable length: 1 m
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
This shielded cable has a half-pitch
connector at one end of the cable for easy
connecting to the driver.
Specifications
Driver Cable
3.2 mm min.
5.8 mm min.
4.2 mm or less
97
Battery Set
Connect when using as an absolute backup system.
■Product Line
Mass: 0.1 kg
Applicable
Built-In Controller Type
(44.7)
41.2
5
25
6
.2
R2
13
500±25
20.9 max.
3
.
R2
Description
Sealed Nickel-Hydrogen Battery
2.4 V
1900 mAh
Approx. 4 years ✽1
32 hours ✽1
Approx. 360 hours (Approx. 15 days) ✽1✽2
0∼+40˚C (non-freezing)
45∼85% (Non-condensing)
(26.2)
57 max.
■Specifications
Item
Battery Type
Nominal Voltage
Rated Capacity
Expected Life
Charge Time
Data Retention Period
Operating Ambient Temperature
Operating Ambient Humidity
(Unit mm)
(15)
Product Name
BAT01B
■Dimensions
6
25
✽1 At an ambient temperature of 20˚C
✽2 After the power supply is cut OFF with the battery fully charged
RS-485 Communication Cables
This cable is used to link a driver to another driver in multi-axis operations.
It also connects the network converter to the driver.
■Product Line
Product Name
Length L (m)
Built-In Controller Type
AC Power-Supply Input
Applicable
CC002-RS4
0.25
Built-In Controller Type
DC Power-Supply Input
CC001-RS4
CC002-RS4
0.1
0.25
■Dimensions
● Connection Example (The illustration below shows an AC power supply input when drivers are
linked.)
(Unit mm)
RS-485 Communication Connector
(CN6/CN7)
21.7
11.7
L
Connection between Drivers
is Possible
ϕ6.2
Regeneration Unit
During vertical drive (gravitational operation) or sudden start/stop in high inertia, an external force causes the motor to rotate and
function as a power generator. When the regenerative power exceeds the driver's regenerative power absorption capacity, it may
cause damage to the motor.
In such a case, the regeneration unit is connected to the driver to convert regenerative energy into thermal energy for dissipation.
■Product Line
Product Name
RGB100
Applicable Product
AR Series (AC Power Supply Input)
■Specifications
Item
Continuous Regenerative Power
Resistance Value
Thermostat
Operating Temperature
Thermostat
Electrical Rating
Description
50 W
150 Ω
Open: 150±7˚C
Close: 145±12˚C
(Normally closed)
120 VAC, 4 A
30 VDC, 4 A
(Minimum current 5 mA)
●Install the regeneration unit in the location that has the same heat radiation capability as the heat sink (Material: aluminum, 350×350 mm, 3 mm thick).
98
Specifications
Sensor Set
■Product Line
■Specifications
●For X Table Type
Applicable Product
●NPN Type
Sensor Output
EAS6
Product Name
Item
Power Supply Voltage
5∼24 VDC±10%, Ripple (P-P) 10% or less
Current Consumption
35 mA or less.
Control Output
NPN Open-Collector Output, 5∼24 VDC, 100 mA or less
Residual Voltage 0.8 V or less (At load current of 100 mA)
Logic
Normally Open/Normally Closed
(Selectable, depending on connection)
Indicator LED
Detection Display (Red)
PNP
PAES-SY-4X
NPN
PAES-S-6X
PNP
PAES-SY-6X
Sensor Output
PAES-S-4Y
PNP
PAES-SY-4Y
NPN
PAES-S-6Y
●PNP Type
Item
PAES-SY-6Y
PNP
5∼24 VDC±10%, Ripple (P-P) 10%
Current Consumption
30 mA or less.
Control Output
PNP Open-Collector Output, 5∼24 VDC, 50 mA or less
Residual Voltage 1.3 V or less (At load current of 50 mA)
Logic
Normally Open/Normally Closed
(Selectable, depending on connection)
Indicator LED
Detection Display (Red)
Selection
Calculation
Technical
Reference
■Dimensions for Sensor Installation Position
Product Name: EE-SX674R (OMRON)
Power Supply Voltage
Accessories
EAS6
Product Name
NPN
Common Driver
PAES-S-4X
●For Y Table Type
EAS4
Product Name: EE-SX674A (OMRON)
NPN
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
EAS4
Applicable Product
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
Sensor sets dedicated to the EAS Series.
The sensor set consists of three sets of a sensor, a sensor mounting bracket, a flexible sensor cable with connector (2 m) and 1 shielding plate.
The screws needed for installation are also included.
The product name varies depending on the table type, the motorized linear cylinder model, and the sensor output.
(Unit mm)
The following reference diagram is an example for X table type. The Y table type is similar.
HOME Sensor Detection Position
−LS Sensor Detection Position
+LS Sensor Detection Position
21
HOME Sensor Used
Stroke −21
Mechanical Stopper Position
L2
Mechanical Stopper Position
L4
L11
L5
L6
L6
Shield Plate
Motorized Linear Slide Model
L1
21
HOME Sensor
L10
L8
L3
L9
L10
L8
−LS Sensor
L9
+LS Sensor
L7
L7
X Table Type
Y Table Type
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
EAS4
5.5
2
62
2
19.5
39.5
45.5
24.3
19.3
6.6
17
EAS6
13.5
5
79
5
23.5
48
54
37.3
30.8
19
22
· If the stroke of the motorized linear slide is 50 mm, 2 sensors can be installed.
· Sensors and shield plates can also be installed on the opposite side of the diagram above.
· In case of the Y table, install the shield plate to the load.
99
■Shield Plate Installation
●X-Table Type
For the X-table type, the shield plate can be installed to the table of the product. Install the shield plate included in the sensor set to the screw hole in the side of the
table.
Hexagonal Socket Head Screws
M2.5
0.6 N·m
Table
Shield Plate
●Y-Table Type
In case of the Y-table type, install the shield plate to the load. The screw hole, into which the shield plate is installed to the load, needs to be processed. For the
positions of the screw holes for installing the shield plate, refer to the shield plate installation hole position reference diagrams.
The shield plate must be installed in a way that will not interfere with the sensors. The shield plate dimensions for the Y-table type are shown below. Confirm that the
shield plates do not interfere with the sensors. If the included shield plates cannot be used, prepare separate shield plates.
50±0.2
60±0.2
40±0.2
EAS6
30±0.2
◇Shield Plate Installation Hole Position Dimensions (Unit mm)
EAS4
17
2×M2.5 Depth from Backside 5 mm or more
◇Shield Plate Dimensions (Unit mm)
EAS4
6±0.1
ϕ4 (Positioning pin hole)
12
2×M2.5 Depth from Backside 5 mm or more
EAS6
12
6±0.1
4
1.6
15
1.6
2×ϕ3
52.2±0.2
3.5
2×ϕ3
40.7±0.2
12
6±0.1
10
6±0.1
4×ϕ5.5
ϕ4 (Positioning pin hole)
32.4±0.1
(48)
34.4±0.1
(39.5)
4×ϕ4.5
■Connection
●Sensor Output PNP Type
●Sensor Output NPN Type
Brown +
Pink
L
Brown +
Pink
+
L
+
Load
Black Out
5∼24 VDC
Black Out
50 mA or less
100 mA or less
Blue
−
Blue
2 m or less
Note
●Do no disconnect the connectors for cable-equipped sensors in an energized state. This may damage the sensors.
●When disconnecting the connectors, do not pull the cables.
●If sensor wiring exceeds 2 m, insert an electrolytic capacitor (10 μF, 50 V) within 2 m from the sensor.
100
Load
−
2 m or less
5∼24 VDC
Specifications
Installation Plate
Dedicated installation plates are available for the EAC Series.
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
■Foot Type
This is convenient for installing the motorized cylinder to the wall surface or floor
surface of the equipment.
●Product Line
Applicable Product
EAC4, EAC4R
EAC6, EAC6R
EAC4W, EAC4RW
EAC6W, EAC6RW
PAP4EAC
PAP4EACW
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Product Name
PAP4EAC
PAP6EAC
PAP4EACW
PAP6EACW
●The product names of the applicable products are described with alphanumeric characters
by which the configuration can be identified.
Common Driver
■Flange Type
This is convenient for installing the flange surface of the motorized cylinder to
the equipment.
Product Name
PAF4EAC
PAF6EAC
Applicable Product
EAC4, EAC4R
EAC6, EAC6R
PAF4EAC
Selection
Calculation
●The product names of the applicable products are described with alphanumeric characters
by which the configuration can be identified.
●The flange type installation plate cannot be installed to models with a shaft guide
and models with a shaft guide cover.
Accessories
●Product Line
Technical
Reference
101
Controller (Sold separately)
Universal Controller
SCX11
■Features
Equipped with program editing and execution functions, the highly-functional
and sophisticated SCX11 controller is now available. Use the SCX11 as a stored
program controller to connect to any of Oriental Motor's standard pulse input
drivers. The SCX11 is also able to control the motor via various serial ports
such as USB, RS-232C and
● 100 Sequence Programs can be Stored
● Easy Operation
● Intelligent Setting
■Product Line
Product Name
SCX11
Driver Product Name
ARD-A, ARD-C, ARD-S, ARD-K
Network Converters
The network converter converts host communication protocol to Oriental
Motor’s original RS-485 communication protocol. You can use a network
converter to control Oriental Motor’s RS-485-compatible products within the
host communication environment.
■Product Line
Network Type
Compatible with EtherCAT.
CC-Link-Compatible
MECHATROLINK- Compatible
MECHATROLINK- Compatible
102
Product Name
NETC01-ECT
NETC01-CC
NETC01-M2
NETC01-M3
NETC01-ECT
NETC01-CC
NETC01-M2
NETC01-M3
Specifications
Selection Calculation
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
To select a motorized actuator, follow the flowchart below.
Determine the Motorized Actuator Type
Motorized Cylinders
EAC Series
Example): Check of the operating speed and
acceleration in order to execute the positioning time
and this operation at a positioning distance of 300 mm.
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
(Horizontal)
Check the positioning time
Check whether your desired positioning time is sufficient using the
"Positioning Distance – Positioning Time" graph.
As a reference, the positioning time by the motorized linear slide
corresponds to the positioning time calculated from the graph,
multiplied by the "positioning time coefficient" corresponding to the
applicable stroke.
0.8
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Technical
Reference
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
Selection
Calculation
1.2
Accessories
Select the motorized actuator size that satisfies your desired
conditions.
· Frame Size
· Table Height
· Load Mass
· Stroke
· Thrust
· Pushing Force
Motorized Linear Slide
EAS Series
Common Driver
Check the Motorized Actuator Size and Transport Mass
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Select the motorized actuator type that you will use.
Check whether the operating speed and the acceleration satisfy the
conditions in , using the "Positioning Distance − Operating Speed"
and "Positioning Distance − Acceleration" graphs.
EAS Series ➜ Pages 106∼110
EAC Series ➜ Pages 111∼122
90
900
80
800
70
700
60
50
40
30
20
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Check the operating condition.
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
(Horizontal)
10
600
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
(Horizontal)
0.45
22
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
Take into account the acceleration conditions taken from , and
check that the dynamic permissible moment applied to the motorized
linear slide and the motorized cylinder (with shaft guide only) is not
exceeded.
Calculating Load Moment ➜ Page 104
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Check the Load Moment
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
Selection complete
103
■Calculating Load Moment
When a load is transported with the motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders (with shaft guide only), the load moment acts on the linear guide if the load
center of gravity is offset from the center of the table. The direction of action applies to three directions (pitching (M P), yawing (M Y), and rolling (M R)) depending on the
position of the offset.
●Load Moment of Motorized Linear Slides
Pitching Direction (M P)
Support Point
Yawing Direction (M Y)
Guide Block
Rolling Direction (M R)
Support Point
(Linear slide bottom face, center of table)
Support Point
(Center of table)
Guide Block
(Linear slide bottom face, center of table)
●Load Moment of Motorized Cylinders (With shaft guide only)
Pitching Direction (M P)
Yawing Direction (M Y)
Rolling Direction (M R)
Support Point
Support Point
Support Point
Center Line of Linear Bushing
Even though the selected motorized actuator satisfies the transport mass and positioning time, when the position of the center of gravity of the load is overhung from
the table, the run life may decrease as a result of the load moment. It is necessary to check if load moment calculations are not done, and if conditions are within the
specified values. Check the moment applied under static conditions with the static permissible moment, and the moment applied under movement with the dynamic
permissible moment.
Calculate the load moments of the motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder (with shaft guide only) based on loads. Check that the static permissible moment
and dynamic permissible moment are within limits and check that strength is sufficient.
Z-axis
m
g
a
h
Z-axis
X-axis
G: Position at Center of Gravity of the Load
Y-axis
LY
LX
: Load mass (kg)
: Gravitational acceleration 9.807 (m/s2)
: Acceleration (m/s2)
: Motorized linear slide table height (m)
G
G
LX: Overhung distance in the direction of the X-axis (m)
LY: Overhung distance in the direction of the Y-axis (m)
LZ: Overhung distance in the direction of the Z-axis (m)
h
LZ
Δ MP: Load moment in the pitching direction (N·m)
Δ MY: Load moment in the yawing direction (N·m)
Δ MR: Load moment in the rolling direction (N·m)
MP: Permissible moment in the pitching direction (N·m)
MY: Permissible moment in the yawing direction (N·m)
MR: Permissible moment in the yawing direction (N·m)
●Load Moment Formula:
∣Δ MP∣ ∣Δ MY∣ ∣Δ MR∣
+
+
MY
MR
MP
1
When there are several overhung loads, etc., this equation determines the moment from all loads.
●For Multiple Loads (n)
∣Δ MP1 + Δ MP2 + ··· Δ MPn∣ ∣Δ MY1 + Δ MY2 + ··· Δ MYn∣ ∣Δ MR1 + Δ MR2 + ··· Δ MRn∣
+
+
MY
MR
MP
104
1
Specifications
●Concept of Static Moment Application
Check the static moment when the load moment is applied to the stopped motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder (with shaft guide only), and compare it
with the static permissible moment or the maximum load moment.
Rolling Direction (MR)
Pitching Direction (MP)
Load Center of Gravity
Moment is not generated.
Horizontal
Load Center of Gravity
Δ M P =m·g·(L Z+h)
Δ M P=m·g·(L Z+h)
Δ M Y=m·g·LY
1
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
+
MY
MP
Load Center
of Gravity
Pitching Direction (MP)
∣Δ M P∣
MP
1
∣Δ M R∣
MR
∣Δ M R∣
MR
1
Common Driver
Δ M Y=m·g·L X
Δ M R=m·g·(L Z+h)
Load Center
of Gravity
Yawing Direction (MY)
1
Rolling Direction (MR)
∣Δ M Y∣
∣Δ M R∣
+
MR
MY
1
Rolling
Direction (MR)
Accessories
Wall Installing
Δ M R=m·g·( L Z+h)
Rolling Direction (MR)
1
Pitching Direction (MP)
Δ M R=m·g·(L Z+h)
Load Center
of Gravity
Δ M P=m·g·(L Z+h)
Load Center of Gravity
Pitching
Direction (MP)
Yawing
Direction
(MY)
1
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Vertical
∣Δ M P∣
MP
Load Center of Gravity
∣Δ M P∣
MP
Δ M P=m·g·L X
1
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
∣Δ M R∣
MR
Δ M R=m·g·LY
Load Center of Gravity
●Concept of Dynamic Moment Application
Pitching Direction (MP)
Load Center of Gravity
Pitching Direction (MP)
Load Center
of Gravity
∣Δ M P∣
MP
Δ M P=m·a·(L Z+h)
Δ M Y=m·a·LY
Δ M R=m·g·LY
Yawing Direction (MY)
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
∣Δ M R∣
+
+ MR
MY
MP
1
Δ M P=m·g·(L Z+h)
+m·a·(L Z+h)
Vertical
∣Δ M P∣
MP
Load Center of Gravity
Acceleration a [m/s2]
Pitching Direction (MP)
Load Center
of Gravity
Pitching
Direction (MP)
Acceleration
a [m/s2]
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
+
MY
MP
1
Acceleration
a [m/s2]
Pitching Direction (MP)
∣Δ M P∣
MP
1
Δ M P=m·g·(L Z+h)
+m·a·(L Z+h)
Δ M Y=m·g·LY
+m·a·LY
Yawing
Direction
(MY)
1
Δ M P=m·g·L X
+m·a·(L Z+h)
1
Technical
Reference
Horizontal
Δ M P=m·a·(L Z+h)
Pitching Direction (MP)
Rolling Direction (MR)
Acceleration a [m/s2]
Load Center
of Gravity
Acceleration a [m/s2]
Selection
Calculation
When the load moment is applied during the operation of the motorized linear slide and the motorized cylinder (with shaft guide only), take into account the
acceleration and check that the dynamic moment is not exceeded and compare it with the dynamic permissible moment or the maximum load moment.
Δ M P=m·g·(L Z+h)
+m·a·(L Z+h)
Load Center of Gravity
∣Δ M P∣
MP
1
Pitching Direction (MP)
Acceleration
a [m/s2]
Pitching Direction (MP)
Pitching Direction (MP)
Load Center of Gravity
Wall Installing
Load Center of Gravity
Rolling Direction (MR)
Acceleration a [m/s2]
Yawing
Direction
(MY)
Δ M P=m·a·(L Z+h)
Δ M R=m·g·(L Z+h)
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M R∣
+
MR
MP
Rolling
Direction
(MR)
Load Center of Gravity
Acceleration a [m/s2]
1
Δ M P=m·a·(L Z+h)
Δ M Y=m·a·LY
Δ M R=m·g·(L Z+h)
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
∣Δ M R∣
+
+ MR
MY
MP
Yawing
Direction
(MY)
Rolling
Direction
(MR)
Acceleration a [m/s2]
1
Δ M P=m·a·(L Z+h)
Δ M Y=m·g·L X
Δ M R=m·g·(L Z+h)
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
∣Δ M R∣
+
+ MR
MY
MP
1
The expected life of the linear guide of motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders (with shaft guide only) is designed according to the reference life for each
series. However, when the load factor of the load moment for the calculated static and dynamic permissible moment or maximum load moment is 1 or more, the
expected life distance is below. How much of the expected life distance can be checked in the formula below.
Expected life (km)=5000 km✽×
1
∣Δ M P∣
∣Δ M Y∣
+
MP
MY
3
+
∣Δ M R∣
MR
✽The guide has an expected life of 5000 km.
The expected life for products that include ball screws and bearings is 3000 km in case of 6 mm lead, and 5000 km in case of 12 mm lead.
105
■Operating Data under Typical Conditions
●EAS4: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type AC power-supply input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
1.0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
0
700
80
800
80
800
70
700
70
700
20
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
2
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
30
20
Stroke [mm]
50∼500
550
600
650
700
600
500
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
200
100
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
800
650
550
460
400
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s ]
22
40
0
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
50
10
100
0
60
700
0.45
22
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Acceleration [m/s ]
30
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
500
2
40
600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
900
Operating Speed [kHz]
90
50
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
900
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
1.5
90
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
2.0
0.5
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
60
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Positioning Distance [mm]
●EAS4: Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
60
600
60
600
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
300
200
100
10
0
0
0
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2
0.71
Acceleration [m/s ]
20
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
30
20
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
200
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼500
550
600
650
700
500
100
0
700
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
2.5
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
400
320
270
220
200
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s ]
20
400
2
30
500
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
40
Operating Speed [mm/s]
70
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
50
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
700
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
● In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0.01 mm.
106
Specifications
●EAS4: Side-Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
3.0
2.0
1.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.8
1.5
1.0
0.4
0.5
0.2
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
60
600
60
600
20
400
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
300
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
18
0.63
16
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
30
20
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
Stroke [mm]
50∼500
550
600
650
700
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
200
100
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
400
320
270
220
200
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
700
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
700
Accessories
20
600
500
0
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
40
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
10
50
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
40
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
50
100
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
700
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●EAS4: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead: 12 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
5.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
4.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
3.0
2.0
0.4
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
60
600
60
600
30
20
500
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
200
100
10
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
30
20
400
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼550
600
650
700
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
500
300
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
600
550
460
400
200
100
0
700
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [mm/s]
70
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
50
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
700
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
● In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0.01 mm.
107
●EAS4: Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
10.0
3.0
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.5
1.5
1.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
60
600
60
600
20
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
30
20
500
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼550
600
650
700
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
400
300
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
300
270
220
200
200
100
0
700
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
40
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
700
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
50
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
700
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●EAS4: Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
3.0
2.0
10.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.5
1.5
1.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.5
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
60
600
60
600
20
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
30
20
700
500
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼550
600
650
700
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
400
300
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
300
270
220
200
200
100
0
0
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
500
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
40
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
700
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
50
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
700
● In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0.01 mm.
108
Specifications
●EAS6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
4.0
1.6
3.5
3.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.4
0.5
0.2
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
80
800
80
800
70
700
70
700
20
10
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
40
30
20
500
400
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼600
650
700
750
800
850
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
800
640
550
470
420
360
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
14
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
800
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
700
Accessories
20
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
0
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
10
100
0
60
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
40
600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
900
Operating Speed [kHz]
90
Operating Speed [mm/s]
900
50
200
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
90
60
100
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
800
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.4
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
●EAS6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
4.0
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
3.5
3.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.5
1.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
700
60
600
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
14
2.5
0
0
700
60
600
50
40
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼550
600
650
700
750
800
850
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
400
350
300
260
230
200
180
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
800
Operating Speed [mm/s]
200
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
Operating Speed [kHz]
0
0
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
● In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0.01 mm.
109
●EAS6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.5
9.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
8.0
7.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
1.5
1.0
6.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
700
60
600
60
600
30
20
500
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
500
400
300
200
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼650
700
750
800
850
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
600
550
470
420
360
100
0
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
40
10
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
10
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [mm/s]
70
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
50
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
800
2.5
14
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
800
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
●EAS6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
4.0
Positioning Time [s]
3.0
10.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
9.0
8.0
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
700
60
600
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
1.25
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
6
4
2
0
0
700
60
600
50
40
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
800
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
1.0
70
10
100
100
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
◇Max. Speed by Stroke
Stroke [mm]
50∼650
700
750
800
850
Maximum Speed [mm/s]
300
260
230
200
180
● If used at an operating speed of 150
mm or more, acceleration is 2.17 m/s2
or less.
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
800
Operating Speed [mm/s]
200
1.0
10
1.25
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
Operating Speed [kHz]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
800
● In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized linear slide is set to 0.01 mm.
110
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
20
10
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
300
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
300
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
400
Accessories
0
20
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
30
10
100
0
40
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
400
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
40
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
500
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
50
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.0
Specifications
●EAC4: Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
●EAC4: Standard Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.0
0.4
0.2
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
111
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
0.8
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
300
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
40
10
100
0
50
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
500
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
50
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
0
300
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
1.0
0.4
0.2
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
112
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.0
Specifications
●EAC4: Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
1.0
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
10
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
14
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
14
300
0
300
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
18
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
20
400
Accessories
20
30
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
40
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
500
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
500
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
●EAC4: Standard Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
0
1.0
0
0
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
2.0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
3.0
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Load Mass
0 kg
7 kg
14 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
113
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
0.8
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
600
60
600
30
20
10
500
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
2.5
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3.5 kg
7 kg
14
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
18
0.63
16
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
0
0.71
0
0
Operating Speed [kHz]
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
1.0
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
2.0
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
6.3 kg
12.5 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
114
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.6
1.5
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.4
Specifications
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
1.0
0.5
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
14
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
18
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
400
Accessories
20
20
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
30
10
100
0
40
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
500
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.4
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.5
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.0
0.5
0.2
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
115
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
0.8
2.5
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
50
40
30
20
10
500
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
40
30
20
500
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
600
50
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
700
60
10
100
0
70
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
600
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
700
0
0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
70
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
2.5
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
14
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
3.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
1.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
1.25
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
10
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
1.0
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
1.0
10
1.25
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
116
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
20
10
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
300
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
300
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
400
Accessories
0
20
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
30
10
100
0
40
Acceleration [m/s2]
30
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
400
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
40
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
500
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
50
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.0
Specifications
●EAC4: Standard Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
●EAC4: Standard Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.0
0.4
0.2
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
117
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
0.8
1.2
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
1.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
300
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
40
10
100
0
50
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
600
Operating Speed [mm/s]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
500
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
10
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
50
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
0
300
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power-Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.6
1.4
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
1.8
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
1.0
0.4
0.2
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
118
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
0.8
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.0
Specifications
●EAC4: Standard Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
1.0
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
10
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
14
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
400
0
300
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
18
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
20
500
Accessories
20
30
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
40
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
500
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
●EAC4: Standard Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
0
1.0
0
0
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
2.0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
3.0
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
119
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.2
0.8
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.6
0.4
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
1.0
0.2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
700
600
60
600
30
20
10
500
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
7.5 kg
15 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
30
20
500
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
2.5
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
3 kg
6 kg
14
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC4: Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.0
Positioning Time [s]
1.0
0.5
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
18
0.63
16
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
100
0
0.71
0
0
Operating Speed [kHz]
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
1.0
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
2.0
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
5.8 kg
11.5 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
120
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.6
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
60
600
30
20
10
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
14
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
Selection
Calculation
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
18
Acceleration [m/s2]
0.56
400
Accessories
20
20
500
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
30
10
100
0
40
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
50
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
600
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
500
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Common Driver
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0
0
300
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
0
0
50
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
1.4
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.2
1.6
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
1.4
Specifications
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power Supply Input Lead: 12 mm
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) AC Power Supply Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
2.5
1.5
1.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
14
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
20
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
70
10
100
0
0
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
300
Operating Speed [mm/s]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
3.0
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
2.0
4.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
Technical
Reference
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
121
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 12 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
1.0
3.0
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
Positioning Time [s]
Positioning Time [s]
1.5
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
0
0
700
600
60
600
30
20
10
500
400
300
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
200
100
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Load Mass
0 kg
15 kg
30 kg
14
12
10
8
6
2.5
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
30
20
500
300
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
400
300
200
100
0
0
0
300
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
0.56
Acceleration [m/s2]
20
40
10
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
0.5
50
0.5
20
0.56
18
0.63
16
0.71
0.83
1.0
1.25
1.67
Acceleration [m/s2]
40
Operating Speed [kHz]
70
60
Operating Speed [mm/s]
700
50
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
1.0
300
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
2.0
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
2.5
14
12
10
8
6
4
5.0
2
0
0
0
300
Load Mass
0 kg
6.5 kg
13 kg
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●EAC6: Standard Type/Side-Mounted Type With Shaft Guide (With cover) 24 VDC Input Lead: 6 mm
◇Horizontal Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
◇Vertical Direction Installation
●Positioning Distance – Positioning Time
4.0
Positioning Time [s]
3.0
9.0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
8.0
7.0
Positioning Time [s]
3.5
2.5
2.0
1.5
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
60
600
50
40
30
20
10
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
500
400
300
200
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
30 kg
60 kg
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
300
600
50
40
30
20
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
1.25
Acceleration [m/s2]
Acceleration/deceleration rate [ms/kHz]
10
700
60
0
300
●Positioning Distance – Acceleration
1.0
70
10
100
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
Operating Speed [kHz]
700
Operating Speed [mm/s]
Operating Speed [kHz]
●Positioning Distance – Operating Speed
70
0
0
300
1.0
10
1.25
8
1.67
2.5
5.0
0
Acceleration [m/s2]
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
Operating Speed [mm/s]
0
0
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
Load Mass
0 kg
14 kg
28 kg
6
4
2
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
●In the graphs above, the values for the operating speeds [kHz] and acceleration/deceleration rates [ms/kHz] are taken when the minimum traveling amount of the motorized cylinder is set to 0.01 mm.
122
Specifications
Technical Reference
●EAC4
◇AC Power Supply Input, DC Power Supply Input
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
The pushing force for the EAC Series can be set arbitrarily by the current value in the driver.
The actual pushing force (N) is different from the one set by the current value (%) of the driver. The installation conditions and the position of the pushing forces also
generate differences (variations). When using, check the actual pushing force.
As a reference, the actual pushing force for various current values are shown below.
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
■Actual Pushing Force Value
250
Pushing Force [N]
Common Driver
Lead
6 mm
12 mm
200
150
100
50
20
40
60
Current [%]
80
Accessories
0
0
100
●EAC6
◇AC Power-Supply Input
◇DC Power-Supply Input
800
Lead
6 mm
12 mm
Lead
6 mm
12 mm
Pushing Force [N]
600
400
400
200
200
20
40
60
Current [%]
80
0
0
100
20
40
60
Current [%]
80
100
Technical
Reference
Pushing Force [N]
600
0
0
Selection
Calculation
800
■EAC Series With Shaft Guide Used
●Determining the Overhung Distance When Used Vertically
L
m
Load Center of Gravity
L= m×M(a+g)
M: Permissible Moment [N·m]
a: Acceleration [m/s2]
m: Load Weight [kg]
g: Gravitational acceleration (9.807) [m/s2]
L: Overhung distance [mm]
123
●Rolling Direction Permissible Moment
Positioning Distance
Home Position (Offset 0)
◇EAC4W
◇EAC6W
3.5
3.5
Static
Dynamic
Static
Dynamic
3
Permissible Moment [N·m]
Permissible Moment [N·m]
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
0
0
100
200
Positioning Distance [mm]
300
■Linear Guide Models for the Motorized Linear Slide
The linear guides used on motorized linear slides are made by THK.
The table below lists the products of linear guides used by each series.
Series
Product
EAS4
EAS6
EAS Series
Linear Guide Type
SHS15V
SSR25XW
■Sensorless Return-to-Home
Sensorless return-to-home has been difficult to implement at high speed because in this type of return-to-home operation, the table is pressed against the actuator
body. The table is also pressed against a urethane damper, etc., to absorb shocks, which may cause positional error over time.
By developing a mechanism in which the dedicated rubber stopper and the tip of the mettalic part are pushed, we have achieved a higly reliable fast return-to-home
operation.
●Sensorless Return-To-Home and the Role of a Rubber Stopper
Rubber Stopper
Table
Absorb the shock of collision.
Push in completely
Guard Panel
① Operate at high speed
② Operate at low speed after contacting
the rubber stopper
③ Reversed once the metal surfaces
make contact.
④ Operate only for fixed amount and stop
■Product Service Life
The service life of a motorized linear slide and a motorized cylinder is generally affected by the rolling fatigue life of its ball screw, linear guide, or ball bearing. When
stress is applied repeatedly to the raceways and rolling balls, flaking (a phenomenon in which the metal surface turns into small scale-like pieces that separate from
the base metal) occurs due to material fatigue caused by rolling fatigue. The rolling fatigue life refers to the life time until flaking occurs.
As reference for determining the product life, the operating conditions at maximum specifications (maximum trasportable mass, maximum speed, load moment, etc.)
are used to calculate the expected life.
Estimated Service Life Traveling Distance of Each Series
Motorized Linear Slides/Motorized Cylinders
EAS Series
EAC Series
124
12 mm Lead
5000 km
5000 km
6 mm Lead
3000 km
3000 km
●Motorized Linear Slides (EAS Series)
Item
Grease Used
AFF
(Manufactured by THK)
Guide Rail
AFF
(Manufactured by THK)
Action
If there are any foreign objects, remove them.
Has the grease lost its luster? Has the amount of grease decreased?
Clean the ball screw using a soft cloth and then apply new grease to
the nut raceway grooves.
Attachment of dust or any other foreign object?
If there are any foreign objects, remove them.
Has the grease lost its luster? Has the amount of grease decreased?
Clean the ball raceway grooves on both sides of the guide rail using a
soft cloth and then apply new grease to the ball raceway grooves.
Motorized
Cylinders
EAC Series
Ball Screw
Check list
Attachment of dust or any other foreign object?
Motorized Linear
Slides
EAS Series
EAS Series and EAC Series adopt long-term maintenance-free parts for the ball screws and guide rails (only for motorized linear slides). The ball screw is equipped
with lubrication system QZ, the guide rail uses a system with ball retainers so that the greasing cycle can be substantially extended.
For Oriental Motor's motorized linear slides and motorized cylinders, the ball screws and the guide rails are verified to have no problems even without maintenance
until the expected life is reached.
However, the state of grease deterioration varies depending on the operating conditions and the use environment. For the actual use, refer to the table below for
grease maintenace.
Specifications
■Long-Term Maintenance-Free
●Even if the color of the grease (AFF) for the EAS Series has changed to brown, good lubrication is maintained as long as the traveling surface appears shiny.
Item
Grease Used
Marutemp SRL
(Manufactured
by Kyodo Yushi)
Rod Shaft
Check list
Attachment of dust or any other foreign object?
Action
If there are any foreign objects, remove them.
Has grease color turned brownish, or has the grease lost its gloss?
Clean the rod and the shaft using a soft cloth and then apply new grease.
When a load moment acts on the table of the motorized linear slide, the linear guide supports the table. The action of the load moment deflects the ball in the
linear guide, and as a result, the load is displaced. Shown below are the actual displacements that were measured when a load moment was caused to act upon a
motorized linear slide.
100 mm
100 mm
Selection
Calculation
Measurement Conditions
A 100 mm overhung plate was fixed on the linear slide table and load moments equivalent to the dynamic permissible moments (M P, M Y, M R) were caused to act
upon the motorized linear slide table in respective directions. The amounts of deflections on the tip (Δt A , Δt B, Δt C) were measured.
Accessories
■Table Deflection and Rigidity
Common Driver
●Motorized Cylinders (EAC Series)
100 mm
MR
Deflection Amount
ΔtC
Deflection Amount
ΔtB
Technical
Reference
MY
MP
Deflection Amount
ΔtA
Pitching Direction
Yawing Direction
Rolling Direction
Table Deflection Amount for the Dynamic Permissible Moment
Series
Product
EAS Series
EAS4
EAS6
Pitching Direction
M P [N·m]
16.3
31.8
Yawing Direction
Δt A [mm]
0.11
0.11
M Y [N·m]
4.8
10.3
Δt B [mm]
0.03
0.03
Rolling Direction
M R [N·m]
15.0
40.6
Δt C [mm]
0.38
0.41
✽ Ignore the deflection of the 100 mm plate.
✽ Deflection characteristics do not change among the table types.
■Traveling Parallelism
The travelling parallelism is the band of fluctuation in the distance between the table and the reference plane as the table travels, with the motorized linear slide
installed on the reference plane as shown.
The EAS Series achieves high traveling parallelism because the linear guide can be used directly as the installation surface. (Within 0.03 mm)
Width of Lateral Deflection of the Table
Width of Longitudinal Deflection of the Table
125
■Installation
●Sensor Installation (For motorized linear slides)
Sensor rails are equipped on both sides of the motorized linear slide. The position of the sensor that is included in the sensor set (sold separately) can be secured.
The sensor cable can be stored within the rail. In addition, the the shield plate (included in the sensor set) can be installed on the drive table for the X table type.
● Photo is an installation example of the X table type. For the Y table type, a shield plate needs to be installed on the load side.
●Installation of Motorized Cylinders
Motorized Cylinders EAC Series can be installed using the following methods:
■
Installation on Front Surface
(Installation plate flange type: Sold
separately)
Installation Plate
Flange Type
126
■
Installation on Front Surface
(Direct installation)
■
Side Surface Installation
(Installation plate foot type: Sold
separately)
Installation Plate
Foot Type
■
Side Surface Installation
(Direct installation)
Actuators DGII Series & DRLII Series
Hollow Rotary Actuators
DGII Series
■Features
The DGII Series uses the highly efficient and energy saving
AR Series
as the motor of the hollow rotary actuator. In addition to the pulse input type,
a highly functional built-in controller type that supports and increases system
configuration flexibility is also available.
● Closed Loop
● High-Precision Positioning
● High Efficiency
● Large Hollow Shaft
■Product Line
Product Name
DG60
DG85
DG130
DG200
Frame Size
60 mm
85 mm
130 mm
200 mm
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC
Single-Phase
200-240 VAC
Max. Thrust Load
100 N
500 N
2000 N
4000 N
Max. Speed
200 r/min
Resolution
1800-180000 P/R
110 r/min
Compact Linear Actuators
DRLII Series
■Features
DRLII Series integrates the stepper motor with a ball screw to achieve linear
motion. Performance is improved by reducing the number of components such
as couplings to make equipment more compact and by utilizing high-precision
positioning technology.
● High-Precision Positioning
● Compact and Lightweight
● Standard Type, Guide Type, Table Type
■Product Line
Product Name
DRL20
DRL28
DRL42
DRL60
Frame Size
20 mm
28 mm
42 mm
60 mm
Power Supply Voltage
24 VDC
Max. Thrust Load
15 N
30 N
30-100 N
300 N
Max. Speed
20 mm/s
24-40 mm/s
15-120 mm/s
22-40 mm/s
Repetitive Positioning Accuracy
Ground Ball Screw ±0.003 mm
Rolled Ball Screw ±0.01 mm
127
These products are manufactured at plants certified with the
international standards ISO 9001 (for quality assurance) and
ISO 14001 (for systems of environmental management).
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Published in July 2015.
ORIENTAL MOTOR (EUROPA) GmbH
www.orientalmotor.de
European Headquarters
Schiessstraße 74
40549 Düsseldorf, Germany
Tel: 0211-5206700
Fax: 0211-52067099
Other countries:
www.orientalmotor.eu
ORIENTAL MOTOR (UK) LTD.
www.oriental-motor.co.uk
ORIENTAL MOTOR ITALIA s.r.l.
www.orientalmotor.it
UK Headquarters
Unit 5, Faraday Office Park,
Rankine Road, Basingstoke,
Hampshire RG24 8AH, U.K.
Tel: 01256-347090 Fax: 01256-347099
Italy Headquarters
Via A. De Gasperi, 85
20017 Mazzo di Rho (MI), Italy
Tel: 02-93906346
Fax: 02-93906348
ORIENTAL MOTOR (FRANCE) SARL
www.orientalmotor.fr
ORIENTAL MOTOR CO., LTD.
www.orientalmotor.co.jp
France Headquarters
56, Rue des Hautes Pâtures
92000 Nanterre Cedex, France
Tel: 01 47 86 97 50 Fax: 01 47 82 45 16
Headquarters
4-8-1 Higashiueno
Taito-ku, Tokyo 110-8536, Japan
Tel: (03)6744 -0361 Fax: (03)5826-2576
Customer Center (Support in German & English)
00800 - 22 55 66 22*
C A L L OM CC
Mon - Thu: 08:00 - 17:30 CET Friday: 08:00 - 16:00 CET
* Free Call Europe
[email protected]
For more information please contact:
© Copyright Oriental Motor (Europa) GmbH 2015
UK/072015/VERS02
Printed in Germany
Related documents
OM, Ramasse-Herbe, Grass Collector, Grass Catcher
OM, Ramasse-Herbe, Grass Collector, Grass Catcher
Series Motorized Linear Slides OPERATING MANUAL
Series Motorized Linear Slides OPERATING MANUAL
EAAT User Manual
EAAT User Manual
User Manual
User Manual
GULA USER MANUAL
GULA USER MANUAL
User Manual
User Manual
EAAT User Manual
EAAT User Manual
Data Sheet
Data Sheet
Circulaire n°346 du 28 août 2015.
Circulaire n°346 du 28 août 2015.
Circulaire 238 du 12 septembre 2014
Circulaire 238 du 12 septembre 2014
Direction Diocésaine de l`Enseignement Catholique
Direction Diocésaine de l`Enseignement Catholique